You are on page 1of 467

Basic Training Tutorial

2011 Numeriek Centrum Groningen B.V.

NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull
Basic Training Tutorial
by Numeriek Centrum Groningen B.V.

In case of questions or remarks, please contact our Support Department :


e-mail : support@ncg.nl
tel. +31 50 57 53 989 / 990
fax +31 50 57 53 981

NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull - Basic Training Tutorial


2011 Numeriek Centrum Groningen B.V.
All rights reserved. No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means - graphic, electronic, or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or information storage and retrieval systems - without the
written permission of the publisher.
Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and/or registered trademarks of the
respective owners. The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks.
While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, the publisher and the author assume no
responsibility for errors or omissions, or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document
or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it. In no event shall the publisher and the author be
liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or
indirectly by this document.
Printed: December 2010 in The Netherlands

Basic Training Tutorial

Table of Contents
Part I Basic Training Tutorial

1 Introduction
...................................................................................................................................
'Basic Training Tutorial'
2
2 Start application
................................................................................................................................... 3
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (01)
3
Start NUPAS-CADMATIC
.........................................................................................................................................................
Hull
3

3 Create new
...................................................................................................................................
block
5
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (02)
5
Create Block
.................................................................................................................................................. 5

4 Create views
................................................................................................................................... 8
Create top .........................................................................................................................................................
views
8
Basic training
..................................................................................................................................................
steps (03)
8
Create top..................................................................................................................................................
view
9
Create side
.........................................................................................................................................................
views
11
Basic training
..................................................................................................................................................
steps (04)
11
Create side
..................................................................................................................................................
view (1)
12
Create frame
.........................................................................................................................................................
views
14
Basic training
..................................................................................................................................................
steps (05)
14
Create cross
..................................................................................................................................................
view
14

5 Open Drawing
................................................................................................................................... 16
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (06)
16
Open drawing
.........................................................................................................................................................
(1)
16
Update active
.........................................................................................................................................................
block
17

6 Deck 6200
...................................................................................................................................
above base
18
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (07)
18
Text (1) ......................................................................................................................................................... 19
Create plates
.........................................................................................................................................................
(1)
21

7 Deck 3500
...................................................................................................................................
above base
24
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (08)
24
Create plates
.........................................................................................................................................................
(2)
25

8 Long. section
...................................................................................................................................
6600 off CL
28
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (09)
28
Update active
.........................................................................................................................................................
section
29
Shift baseline
......................................................................................................................................................... 30
Create plates
.........................................................................................................................................................
(3)
32
Create holes
......................................................................................................................................................... 35
Dimension
.........................................................................................................................................................
manhole
37
Create draining
.........................................................................................................................................................
/ ventilation holes
38

9 Deck 6200
...................................................................................................................................
above base
39
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (10)
39
Open drawing
.........................................................................................................................................................
(2)
42
Turn/shift.........................................................................................................................................................
holes
42
Create holes
.........................................................................................................................................................
parallel to line
44
Create vertical
.........................................................................................................................................................
profiles (1)
46
Create horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
profiles
52

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial


Create seams
.........................................................................................................................................................
horizontal
56
Create weld
.........................................................................................................................................................
symbols (1)
58
Code plate
.........................................................................................................................................................
(1)
59

10 Frame 28................................................................................................................................... 62
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (11)
62
Create weld
.........................................................................................................................................................
symbols (2)
63

11 Use of the
...................................................................................................................................
3D Hull Viewer
63
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (12)
63
Show parts
......................................................................................................................................................... 64
Presentation
.........................................................................................................................................................
of parts
66
3D-Contek.........................................................................................................................................................
interactivity
67
Navigation
.........................................................................................................................................................
settings
70
Filter options
......................................................................................................................................................... 71

12 Long. section
...................................................................................................................................
3960 off CL
72
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (13)
72
Create plates
.........................................................................................................................................................
(4)
75
Create hard
.........................................................................................................................................................
seams
78
Thickness.........................................................................................................................................................
text
79
Change thickness
.........................................................................................................................................................
plates
80
Change plates
.........................................................................................................................................................
(1)
82
Dimension
.........................................................................................................................................................
holes (2)
86
Parts info.........................................................................................................................................................
(1)
86

13 Frame 29................................................................................................................................... 88
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (14)
88
Open drawing
.........................................................................................................................................................
(3)
90
Stopping .........................................................................................................................................................
arrows
91

14 Frame 29................................................................................................................................... 93
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (15)
93
Remove construction
.........................................................................................................................................................
parts
94
Eggbox arrows
......................................................................................................................................................... 96
Code plate
.........................................................................................................................................................
(2)
97

15 Frame 29................................................................................................................................... 99
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (16)
99
Create vertical
.........................................................................................................................................................
profiles (2)
102
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
direction of profiles in view
106
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
endtype of profiles
108
Lengthening
.........................................................................................................................................................
profiles
111
Trim/Extend
.........................................................................................................................................................
profiles
112
Shift profiles
......................................................................................................................................................... 114
Create profiles
.........................................................................................................................................................
in view
115
Create brackets
.........................................................................................................................................................
type A
119
Reposition
.........................................................................................................................................................
text
122
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
/ vertical dimensions
123
Horizontal
..................................................................................................................................................
/ vertical dimensions
123
Dimension
..................................................................................................................................................
vertical short
124
Dimension
..................................................................................................................................................
horizontal short
125
Profile dimensions
......................................................................................................................................................... 126
Profile dimensions
.................................................................................................................................................. 126
Profile size
..................................................................................................................................................
(1)
127
Profile size
..................................................................................................................................................
series
129
Profile size
..................................................................................................................................................
(2)
130
Profile size
..................................................................................................................................................
(3)
131

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

II

Basic Training Tutorial


Profile symbols
.................................................................................................................................................. 132
Profile part
..................................................................................................................................................
number symbols
133

16 Long. section
...................................................................................................................................
3960 off CL
134
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (17)
134
Flanged .........................................................................................................................................................
girder
137
Create flanged
..................................................................................................................................................
girder
137
Create plates
..................................................................................................................................................
(5)
138
Create cutouts
..................................................................................................................................................
type 100
141
Create flanges
..................................................................................................................................................
(1)
142
Chain measure
.................................................................................................................................................. 145
Code plate
..................................................................................................................................................
(3)
146

17 Deck 6200
...................................................................................................................................
above base
147
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (18)
147
Create brackets
.........................................................................................................................................................
in section (1)
149
Set visibility
.........................................................................................................................................................
'Face plate view distance'
150
Set visibility
.........................................................................................................................................................
'Distance behind view'
152
Background
.........................................................................................................................................................
lines (1)
156
Copy items
.........................................................................................................................................................
with shift (1)
158

18 Frame 23
................................................................................................................................... 159
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (19)
159
Text (2) ......................................................................................................................................................... 162
Profile size
.........................................................................................................................................................
(4)
164
Background
.........................................................................................................................................................
lines (2)
164
Create holes
.........................................................................................................................................................
at seam symbols
166

19 Frame 24
................................................................................................................................... 168
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (20)
168
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
plates (2)
170

20 Frame 25
................................................................................................................................... 172
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (21)
172
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
type/size of holes
175

21 Frame 26
................................................................................................................................... 177
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (22)
177
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
plates (3)
179
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
type/size of profiles in view
181
Text (3) ......................................................................................................................................................... 183

22 Frame 27
................................................................................................................................... 185
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (23)
185
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
size user-holes
186

23 Frame 28
................................................................................................................................... 188
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (24)
188
Create pillars
.........................................................................................................................................................
(1)
190
Create pillars
.........................................................................................................................................................
centerline
193
Create double
.........................................................................................................................................................
round plating
194
Profile size
.........................................................................................................................................................
(5)
197

24 Frame 30
................................................................................................................................... 198
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (25)
198

25 Long. section
...................................................................................................................................
4620 off CL
200
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (26)
200
Create side
.........................................................................................................................................................
view (2)
202
Save drawing
......................................................................................................................................................... 204
Rename .........................................................................................................................................................
drawing
206

III

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial


Create brackets
.........................................................................................................................................................
type 763
207
Create brackets
.........................................................................................................................................................
type 762
209
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
location of bracket dimension
211

26 Long. section
...................................................................................................................................
5280 off CL
211
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (27)
211
Create side
.........................................................................................................................................................
view (3)
212

27 Long. section
...................................................................................................................................
5940 off CL
215
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (28)
215
Create side
.........................................................................................................................................................
view (4)
215

28 Frame 23
................................................................................................................................... 217
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (29)
217
Copy items
.........................................................................................................................................................
with shift (3)
219

29 Frame 24-30
................................................................................................................................... 221
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (30)
221
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
plates (4)
223

30 Deck 6200
...................................................................................................................................
above base
227
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (31)
227
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
plates (5)
227
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
plates (6)
231
Undo plate
.........................................................................................................................................................
change
234

31 Deck 3500
...................................................................................................................................
above base
235
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (32)
235
Set visibility
.........................................................................................................................................................
'Distance in front of view'
235
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
plates (7)
238
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
plates (8)
243
Change .........................................................................................................................................................
plates (9)
246
Create arbitrary
.........................................................................................................................................................
profiles (1)
250

32 Update all
...................................................................................................................................
views
257
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (33)
257
Recalculate
.........................................................................................................................................................
views
257

33 Sheet drawing
................................................................................................................................... 259
Create sheet
.........................................................................................................................................................
drawings
259
Basic training
..................................................................................................................................................
steps (34)
259
Switch to
..................................................................................................................................................
'Sheet Drawing' environment
260
Create new
..................................................................................................................................................
sheet drawing
260
Import views
..................................................................................................................................................
to sheet drawing (1)
262
Create hidden
.........................................................................................................................................................
lines drawing and import it to sheet drawing
267
Basic training
..................................................................................................................................................
steps (35)
267
Switch to
..................................................................................................................................................
another application
269
Show active
..................................................................................................................................................
block
270
Save drawing
..................................................................................................................................................
as position and hidden biso
271
Show block
.................................................................................................................................................. 275
View tool
.................................................................................................................................................. 276
Import views
..................................................................................................................................................
to sheet drawing (2)
278
Modifications
.........................................................................................................................................................
on sheet drawings
279
Basic training
..................................................................................................................................................
steps (36)
279
Open drawing
..................................................................................................................................................
(4)
281

34 Create iceframes
................................................................................................................................... 282
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (37)
282
Create shell
.........................................................................................................................................................
frames (1)
286
Create arbitrary
.........................................................................................................................................................
profiles (2)
289

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

IV

Basic Training Tutorial


Modify profile
.........................................................................................................................................................
relations
293
Retrieve.........................................................................................................................................................
line information
295
Turn profiles
......................................................................................................................................................... 296
Measure.........................................................................................................................................................
distance
298
Replace .........................................................................................................................................................
views
300

35 Frame 30
................................................................................................................................... 303
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (38)
303
Create visible
.........................................................................................................................................................
lines
304
Create flanges
.........................................................................................................................................................
(2)
307

36 Sheet drawing
................................................................................................................................... 311
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (39)
311
General .........................................................................................................................................................
modifications
312

37 Copy block
................................................................................................................................... 316
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (40)
316
Mirror block
......................................................................................................................................................... 317

38 Long. slanted
...................................................................................................................................
plate and knuckles
319
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (41)
319
Create related
.........................................................................................................................................................
holes
321
Create slanted
.........................................................................................................................................................
view
323
Create plates
.........................................................................................................................................................
(6)
325
Insert views
......................................................................................................................................................... 327

39 Frame 28
................................................................................................................................... 329
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (42)
329
Create arbitrary
.........................................................................................................................................................
hole
330
Create bent
.........................................................................................................................................................
faceplate
332
Create bent
.........................................................................................................................................................
profile
333

40 Create shell
...................................................................................................................................
frame
335
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (43)
335
Create shell
.........................................................................................................................................................
frame (2)
336
Turn shell
.........................................................................................................................................................
frame
339
Create brackets
.........................................................................................................................................................
in section (2)
341

41 2D Drafting
...................................................................................................................................
Exercises
343
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (44)
343
Indicating
.........................................................................................................................................................
2D Items
344
Draw lines,
.........................................................................................................................................................
circles and duplicate selection
346
Modify corners,
.........................................................................................................................................................
lines and circles
349
Draw multiple
.........................................................................................................................................................
parallel lines
353
Draw/Modify
.........................................................................................................................................................
rectangles
355
Mirror/Move
.........................................................................................................................................................
selection
357

42 Create pillars
...................................................................................................................................
(2)
360
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (45)
360
Create bent
.........................................................................................................................................................
pillar
361
Convert .........................................................................................................................................................
line to pillar
362
Connect.........................................................................................................................................................
pillars
363

43 Hull Library
................................................................................................................................... 365
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (46)
365
Save and.........................................................................................................................................................
load from Hull Library
366

44 Deck 6200
...................................................................................................................................
above base
369
Basic training
.........................................................................................................................................................
steps (47)
369
Create construction
.........................................................................................................................................................
detail
369
Modify hole
.........................................................................................................................................................
status
372

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial


45 Appendix
...................................................................................................................................
A
374
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 06: Start_end_situation
374
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 07: Start_end_situation
376
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 08: Start_end_situation
378
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 09: Start_end_situation
380
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 10: Start_end_situation
382
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 11: Start_end_situation
384
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 13: Start_end_situation
386
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 14: Start_end_situation
388
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 16: Start_end_situation
390
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 16-1: Start_end_situation
392
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 16-2: Start_end_situation
394
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 17: Start_end_situation
396
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 18: Start_end_situation
398
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 19: Start_end_situation
400
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 20: Start_end_situation
402
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 21: Start_end_situation
404
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 22: Start_end_situation
406
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 23: Start_end_situation
408
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 24: Start_end_situation
410
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 25: Start_end_situation
412
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 26: Start_end_situation
414
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 27: Start_end_situation
416
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 28: Start_end_situation
417
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 29: Start_end_situation
418
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 30: Start_end_situation
420
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 31: Start_end_situation
425
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 32: Start_end_situation
427
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 34: Start_end_situation
429
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 35: Start_end_situation
430
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 36: Start_end_situation
431
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 37: Start_end_situation
433
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 38: Start_end_situation
439
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 39: Start_end_situation
441
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 41: Start_end_situation
442
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 42: Start_end_situation
447
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 43: Start_end_situation
449
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 45: Start_end_situation
450
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 46: Start_end_situation
452
Training.........................................................................................................................................................
step 47: Start_end_situation
453

46 Appendix
...................................................................................................................................
B
454
Drawings
.........................................................................................................................................................
'Basic training tutorial'
454

456

Index

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

VI

Part

I
Basic Training Tutorial

Basic Training Tutorial

Basic Training Tutorial

1.1

Introduction 'Basic Training Tutorial'


Welcome to the "online" version of NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull's 'Basic Training Tutorial'.
This training is based on the "verbal" training normally given by one of NCG's trainers
and follows as much as possible this "verbal" training.
To conduct this training by yourself, the following requirements are needed:
- This online help document
- The 'bnrtraining' project (in case you do not have this, please contact our Support
Department)
- A printed version of the 'Sheet_drawing_108_1.tiff' and the 'Sheet_drawing_108_2.tiff'
which can be found in the 'bnrtraining' project directory
This online training is built up using the following set-up:
- Each training step is explained in a so-called 'Topic' which starts with a picture (select
topic link 'Start situation') of what you should see on your screen after the accompanied
drawing is opened
("OPEN DRAWING"). The name of the topic is the same as the drawing (view) to be
opened.
- Next a short description on what is going to be performed in the training step is given
- The 'Overview of actions' lists the individual actions to be taken to get the desired result
(which can be viewed selecting the topic link 'End situation')
- In case a certain action has not been explained/described yet in one of the previous
training steps, the action is marked as a topic link which will be displayed when selecting
this topic link. To return to the 'Overview of actions' you can use one of the 'arrow' icons
which can be found at the top and at the bottom of the topic
- When the action has already been explained/described in one of the previous training
steps, but should be used in a slightly different way or with other values, this is indicated
by the sign at the end of the action. This means that this action is further described in
the 'Additional description of actions' which also contains a reference to the 'original'
topic describing the same action

- To switch back and forth between the 'Basic training steps', the 'arrow' icons

and

at the top and at the bottom of the topic can be used


- In section "Make block available for dashed" we need block 109, this block is the
mirrored block from 108. In this tutorial we expect that two persons are following this
tutorial and one of them is making the block 108 and the other 109 mirror.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

Basic Training Tutorial

1.2

Start application

1.2.1

Basic training steps (01)

Overview of actions:
1.

1.2.2

Start NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull

Start NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull

Please start the application NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull by selecting the


NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull icon on your desktop:

When the program has started up, it will always ask you to select the name of a project
and a block belonging to the selected project by displaying the panel "Open Block":

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

On the left part of this panel you see an overview of the current available projects;
"bnrtraining", "bnrdemo" and "bnr1500" in a tree structure.
The training project "bnrtraining" is the default project. This project contains two blocks,
"102" and "999".
These blocks belong to the group "Hull" as indicated in the tree structure. A project can
have multiple groups and blocks can be assigned to them. The groups, as well as the
blocks, can be selected in the tree and in the 'Name' column the content of the selection
is presented.
The toggles in the 'View' column determine if drawings present in a particular project
and/or block are shown in the 'Name' column, and depending on which toggles are
activated, you can filter the type of drawings to be displayed.
Please double click on the block "999" of project "bnrtraining". Now the system is
entering this block "999".
Information about the current project is displayed in the status bar:

The name of the active application "3D-Contek";


The name of the user "NCG";
The project directory or drawing name "n:\projects\bnrtraining\999";
The current position of the cursor "0, 0, 0".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

Basic Training Tutorial

1.3

Create new block

1.3.1

Basic training steps (02)

Overview of actions:
1.

1.3.1.1

Create Block "108"

Create Block

First you have to create a new block. Within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull working in a block
is restricted to only one person at a time. When creating a new block, you will first always
need to enter an existing block within the project you are working on. This is the reason
why you have just selected block 999 from the "bnrtraining" project. From there you will
create a new block named 108.
To create block "108", select "File" -> "New..." -> "Project/Block" from the menubar
and in the panel "Create Project/Block" that appears, the blocks "108" and "109" are
displayed. They have been pre-defined by the System Administrator.

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Any pre-defined blocks will appear on the left part of this panel. This panel also contains
three fields:
'Name'
'Width grid'
'Height grid'
The new block name, which can be a name or a number, is displayed in the 'Name' field.
Please select the block "108". Now change for 'Width grid' and 'Height grid', the
default setting from 'None' to the pre-defined values 'Width' and 'Height'.

Note: When the grid is not used, certain functions pertaining to the grid will not be
available, and a select number of panels will appear different from the panels in the
screenshots throughout this tutorial.
Now the system creates and then opens the new block "108".
The next step consists of indicating the drawing mode, drawn or dashed, for each block.
For this purpose the panel "Solid/Dash" is displayed:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

Basic Training Tutorial

This panel contains four columns:


The column 'Block', which contains the groups and their blocks for which you can
define the drawing mode;
The column 'Drawn', to check blocks that you wish to be presented with drawn or
solid lines;
The column 'Dashed', to check blocks that you wish to be presented with dashed
lines.
The column 'Off', to check blocks that you don't wish to be presented at all;
In general, only the block you will be working in should be presented as drawn. The other
blocks around it can be presented dashed if you want to see them as well.
You will only work in block "108" and will probably need information from the other blocks
while working in your project. When you select block 108, you can use the check boxes
to define how you want it to be displayed. You can either click on the check boxes, or
use the buttons located to the right of the panel.
You can also select an entire group of blocks to appear dashed by selecting that group
instead of just one block. Checking the 'Dashed' checkbox will allow all the blocks part
of the group to appear dashed.

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Please click the 'Ok' button to continue.


In the next step, you will be able to create views. A view has an area in which the
construction will be shown. The system displays the following message panel:

Please select 'Yes' when the question 'Do you want to create views now?' appears.
The next three training steps will teach you how to create the views.

1.4

Create views

1.4.1

Create top views

1.4.1.1

Basic training steps (03)

In the previous training step you have created a new block 108 and you indicated which
blocks need to be drawn or dashed. Because you have opted to create the views
already, the system gives you the possibility to create new views immediately after
creating a new block.
The creation of new views is done in a fixed order:
1.
2.
3.

Create top views;


Create side views;
Create frame views.

In this training step you will create two top views "Deck 6200 above base" and "Deck
3500 above base".
Overview of actions:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

Basic Training Tutorial

1.

1.4.1.2

Create top views "Deck 6200 above base" and "Deck 3500 above base"

Create top view

You will create two new top views "Deck 6200 above base" and "Deck 3500 above base"
as part of the block creation process.
As mentioned before, a view has an area in which the construction will be shown. This
area is specified by it's values for the length, breadth and height. Always make this area
bigger than the area of the construction in the current block. This way the construction of
the dashed blocks will also be shown in your view.
Enter the values for the length, breadth and height of top view "Deck 6200 above base"
in the panel "Top view " :

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

This panel contains three obligatory fields 'Height', 'Min. Length' and 'Max. Length'.
Because this view is positioned at 6200 above base, the value for 'Height' is 6200. The
'Min. Length' and 'Max. Length' are determined respectively by the frame number of the
aft border and the frame number of the forward border with corresponding values 21.5
and 31.5. Since you will only work on starboard, the optional fields 'Min. Breadth' and
'Max. Breadth' are also filled in. Because your plate will start 100 mm on starboard side
and you also want to see part of the block on port side, the value of -500 should be
entered for 'Min. Breadth'. Unfortunately you don't know the exact value for 'Max.
Breadth' at the current position. If you don't know a value and you want the value to be
determined by the hull line, you leave it blank by not entering any value.
If you are working on port side, the values for 'Min. Breadth' and 'Max. Breadth' are just
the opposite. You enter 500 as value for 'Max. Breadth' and leave the input field for 'Min.
Breadth' blank.
The following is a short explanation of the remaining optional fields:
Only one top view of this size exists, therefore the value for 'No. of Sections' has the
default value "1";
The default value "25" for 'Scale' is used;
The 'Drawing number' stands for the block number and is automatically filled in;
There are four types of views available: Orthogonal, Single slant side view, Single
slant frame view and Double slant;
Activating 'Show equipment' will display the available equipment from piping;
Activating 'Show profile flange' will display profile flanges in a three line presentation
instead of the default one line presentation;
Activating 'Show shape' will display the hull line;
Activating 'Centre line' displays the centerline where 'Position' gives you the ability
to enter an offset and 'Step' to write a number at every second frame along the
centerline. The default value for this is "2";
The 'Replace' option will be explained later on in this tutorial.
Since you have to create a second top view "Deck 3500 above base", you click the 'Next
Top view' button.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

10

Basic Training Tutorial

After clicking the 'Next top view' button, the same panel "Top view" appears again with
the same values as default with the exception of the value for 'Height'.
The second top view you want to create is "Deck 3500 above base" with a value of 3500
for 'Height'. Now let's check the other values: only the value for 'Min. Breadth' needs to
be changed, because this view is not as wide as the previous view. Let's modify the
value for 'Min. Breadth' from -500 into 3500, meaning 3500 from centerline. Please click
the 'Create' button since this is the last top view that you are defining at this point. Now
the specified top views are created.
Two top views have been created with their drawing names "108-6200" and "108-3500".

1.4.2

Create side views

1.4.2.1

Basic training steps (04)

After the creation of top views the system automatically gives you the possibility to create
one or more side views.

11

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

In this training step you will create two side views "Long. Section 3960 off CL" and "Long.
Section 6600 off CL".
Overview of actions:
1.

1.4.2.2

Create side views "Long. Section 3960 off CL" and "Long. Section 6600 off CL"

Create side view (1)

You will create two new side views "Long. Section 3960 off CL" and "Long. Section 6600
off CL" as part of the block creation process.
The first side view you will create is "Long. Section 3960 off CL" with the following
values:

This side view is positioned at 3960 from centerline with a corresponding value 3960 for
'Breadth'. The values for 'Min. Length' and 'Max. Length' are correct. Because the

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

12

Basic Training Tutorial

view must start from the hull line, no value is entered for 'Min. Height'. The view should
stop just above the upper deck "Deck 6200 above base" and therefore you should enter
the value 6500 for 'Max. Height'. Because you will make the side views one by one,
please click the 'Next side view' button.
If you are working on port side, you only have to change the value for 'Breadth' from
3960 into -3960.
Now the same panel "Side view" appears again with the same values except the value
for 'Breadth'. The second side view "Long. Section 6600 off CL" is positioned at 6600
from centerline, so the new value for 'Breadth' is 6600. All the other values are correct.
At the moment you will not create more side views, and therefore finish the creation of
side views by clicking the 'Create' button.

Two side views have been created with their standard drawing names "108-3960" and
"108-6600".

13

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.4.3

Create frame views

1.4.3.1

Basic training steps (05)

After the creation of side views the system automatically gives you the possibility to
create one or more frame views.
In this training step you will create eight frame views: "Frame 23" to "Frame 30".
Overview of actions:
1.

1.4.3.2

Create frame views "Frame 23" to "Frame 30"

Create cross view

You will create eight frame views "Frame 23" to "Frame 30" as part of the block creation
process.
The eight frame views can be created in one action using the following values:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

14

Basic Training Tutorial

The value for 'Length' in the case of frame views is not the value from aft perpendicular,
but just the aft most frame number! In this case the aft most frame number is 23.
Officially the 'Min. Height' could be left blank, meaning the view will start from the hull
baseline, but the shape is rather high and you don't need the lower part of it. As a
recommendation, please enter the value 1500 for 'Min. Height'. The values for 'Max.
Height' and 'Max. Breadth' are correct. Only the value for 'Min. Breadth' must be
changed from 3500 into -500, because all eight frame views will be created in one action.
The decision to make the views in one action means that the values 8 and 1 must be
entered for 'No. of sections' and 'Step size'. Please make sure that the 'Base line'
and "Height line" checkboxes are unchecked and click the 'Create' button to complete
the creation of frame views.

As you can see in the dialogue window for output, the frame views are created one by
one.

15

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.5

Open Drawing

1.5.1

Basic training steps (06)

Start situation
As you can see, the graphical screen of NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull is still empty. Now you
want to have a look at the created views by opening them. For instance, you can open
the frame view "Frame 27" with the name "108-27".
Overview of actions:
1.
2.

Open drawing frame view "108-27"


Update drawing

End situation

1.5.2

Open drawing (1)

To open a drawing you click the button "Open Drawing" on the standard toolbar:

After selecting this icon, the panel "Open Drawing" is displayed which enables you to
open a drawing.
You can select 'All' in the 'View' column to the left of the panel shown below, and all the
drawings you have just created are displayed. If you select a different toggle in the 'View'
column instead of 'All', only drawings belonging to that type of view are shown. Selecting
another one will add to the selection. You can also click on the word associated with the
toggle, for example "Top", which will single out the top views only.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

16

Basic Training Tutorial

You can open one of these drawings by double clicking it, or selecting it and clicking on
the 'Open' button.

Please open the drawing "108-27" from the list. The drawing will be displayed on your
graphical screen.

1.5.3

Update active block

When you open a drawing by using the toolbar icon "Open drawing", the program asks
you to update the view by displaying the following message panel:

17

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You can choose between three options:


1. 'Update Active block'
: update only the current block
2. 'Update all blocks'
: update all blocks, which are set to be displayed
within the current block
3. 'Do not update'
: do not update any block
Updating a block means regenerating the view to present all previously created
construction parts within the area of the current view, that have not been saved in the
drawing already.
Please select 'Do not update' since no construction has been created thusfar.

1.6

Deck 6200 above base

1.6.1

Basic training steps (07)

Start situation
Now you will start creating your first plate. When creating plates it is very important to
determine the right sequence:
As seen on the sheet you have received for this tutorial, there are two main decks "Deck
6200" and "Deck 3500" and a longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600" in between
those decks. These decks should be created first, and then you should create the
longitudinal bulkhead. This because then you can refer the bulkhead to the lower and the
upper deck. This order of placement results in a so called topological connection: a
relation between the plates.
Always try to achieve that a new plate can be related to existing plates!
That's why you will start with creating the upper deck "Deck 6200 above base". This deck
consists of one plate with a thickness of 8 mm.
Overview of actions:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

18

Basic Training Tutorial

1.
2.
3.
4.

Clear the screen if at this point you already have opened a drawing. This can be
done by clicking the "Blank drawing" button on the toolbar.
Open drawing top view "108-6200"
Place standard text "Deck 6200 above base" above the view
Create plate "Deck 6200" with a thickness of 8 mm but without cutout
Later on you will create the necessary cutout by modifying the plate contour.

End situation

Additional description of actions:


2.

Open drawing top view "108-6200"

Opening drawing top view "108-6200" is similar to opening drawing frame view "108-27",
but you have to select "Top" as type of view and "108-6200" as drawing name in the
panel "Open Drawing".

1.6.2

Text (1)

Place standard text in the view before you start creating any
Recommendation:
structure!
When there is too little space above the view to place the standard text, the view needs
to be shifted down by using the "PAN" option. There are two ways to go about this:
1. Press and hold down the mouse wheel while moving the mouse
2. Hot key: <Ctrl> + Mouse
Click the icon 'Draw' on the standard toolbar to open the toolbar "Draw" :

Choose from the toolbar "Draw" the icon "Text/Dimensions":

19

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

When there is enough space above the view to place the standard text, please click the
"Text" button on the toolbar "Dimensions" :

After selecting this function, the panel "Text" appears:

To place standard text above a view, you only have to select one of the text lines. In this
example please select the text "Deck 6200 above base". The selected text will appear in
the graphical screen. When the option 'Position' is set to "Interactive", by means of
the mouse you can indicate the position where you would like to have the text placed.
You can reposition the text afterwards by using the hot key <z> in combination with the

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

20

Basic Training Tutorial

mouse.
Next, you want to have everything back to full screen. You can use the function "Full
Screen" on the toolbar for this:

Hot key: <5>

1.6.3

Create plates (1)

Now you will create your first plate "Deck 6200" without cutout.
One of the most frequently used functions within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull is the creation
of plates. The plate creation function has a considerable number of options, due to the
fact that plates can have very different shapes. During this tutorial you will create several
plates with an increasing level of complexity. Each plate has a specified thickness and
contour.
Within the current application 3D-Contek, the plate will always be situated in the plane of
the current view. Within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull plate boundaries must be defined
counterclockwise.
Examples of possible plate boundaries are:
- Hull shape;
- Plates and profiles;
- Local horizontal and vertical limitations;
- Lines and arcs drawn by yourself.
Select the toolbar icon "Plates" to open the toolbar "Insert Plates" :

Proceed by clicking the icon "Plates in View":

21

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

After selecting this icon, the panel "Plates in View" appears:

This panel contains one obligatory field 'Thickness' and three optional fields 'Thickness
direction', 'Type of material' and 'Shift of working plane'. Only the values for 'Thickness'
and 'Thickness direction' will be of concern during the tutorial. In this case plate "Deck
6200" has a thickness of 8 mm and the thickness direction is 'from base'. After
accepting these values by selecting the 'Ok' button, you have to specify the plate
boundaries a.k.a. plate relations by means of the panel "Define a plate contour".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

22

Basic Training Tutorial

Overview of basic rules for the specification of plate relations:


The plate relations must be defined counterclockwise;
Generally, the indication point of an item to be related, is at the side
where the plate will be created;
The starting boundary of a plate can be arbitrarily selected.
The relations of plate "Deck 6200" without cutout will be defined as follows:
Start with the aft boundary of the plate and select the 'Min. Length' button. The aft
boundary is located 100 mm beyond frame 22 (at the fore ship side). This value must
be entered as 22+100 for 'Min. Length';
Applying the rule that plate relations must be defined counterclockwise, the next
boundary of the plate is the hull line. This relation can be defined by applying an
indication point inside the hull in the graphical window;
The next relation is the forward boundary of the plate located at frame 31. Select the
'Max. Length' button and enter 31 as value in the entry field;
The last boundary of the plate is a line with a parallel distance of 100 mm from the
centerline. Select the 'Min. Breadth' button and enter 100 for the value in the entry
field.

23

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The following rules can assist you in determining the type of length (minimum or
maximum) for a certain definition:
If there will be plate material (of the plate to be created) present on the right side of
the boundary, this definition is named the Minimum Length;
If there will be no plate material (of the plate to be created) left on the right side of the
boundary, this definition is named the Maximum Length.
After defining all boundaries of the plate "Deck 6200" you can preview the result by
selecting the 'Preview' button. Only by selecting the 'Ok' button, plate "Deck 6200" is
actually created!

1.7

Deck 3500 above base

1.7.1

Basic training steps (08)

Start situation
Now you will create "Deck 3500 above base".
Deck 3500 is a deck with two different thicknesses and therefore it must be created from
two separate plates:

A deck with thickness 10 mm;


A deck with thickness 12 mm.

Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Open drawing top view "108-3500"


Place standard text "Deck 3500 above base" above view
Create plate "Deck 3500" with thickness 10 mm
Create plate "Deck 3500" with thickness 12 mm but without cutout

End situation

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

24

Basic Training Tutorial

Additional description of actions:


1.

Open drawing top view "108-3500"

Opening drawing top view "108-3500" is similar to opening drawing frame view "108-27",
but you have to select "Top" for the type of view and "108-3500" for the drawing name
within panel "Open drawing".
2.

Place standard text "Deck 3500 above base" above view

Place standard text "Deck 3500 above base" above view is similar to place standard text
"Deck 6200 above base" above view. Please select from panel "Textmenu" the text
"Deck 3500 above base".
3.

Create plate "Deck 3500" with thickness 10 mm

The creation of plate "Deck 3500" with thickness 10 mm is similar to the creation of plate
"Deck 6200" with the following plate boundaries:
Option

Value

'Min. Length'

22 + 9 ( 9: assumed thickness of transverse


bulkhead )
Indicate the hull line
26 - 50
3920

'Max. Length'
'Min. Breadth'

1.7.2

Create plates (2)

Now you will create the second plate "Deck 3500" with thickness 12 mm but without
cutout.
If you take a close look at the sheet, you will detect a little jut in the contour of this plate.

25

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

This jut is located at the upper left corner of the plate:

Due to the jut in the plate contour, the creation of this plate will be more complicated than
the previous rectangular plate.
Let's create the second plate "Deck 3500" by selecting the toolbar icon "Plates", followed
by the icon "Plates in View":

After selecting this function, you enter the values for 'Thickness' and 'Thickness
direction' in panel "Plates in View".

The second plate "Deck 3500" has a thickness of 12 mm and the thickness direction is
'from base'. After selecting the 'Ok' button, you have to specify the plate boundaries
(relations) by means of the panel "Define a plate contour".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

26

Basic Training Tutorial

As a reminder, please be aware of the rule: "The plate boundaries must be defined
counterclockwise!"
The boundaries of plate "Deck 3500" with thickness 12 mm will be defined by using a
reference to another plate as well as minimum and maximum boundary values:
Start with the aft boundary of the new plate by directly indicating the aft plate "Deck
3500" with thickness 10 mm, by clicking near the right side of the line (the fore ship
side). When direction indicating a line such as in this situation, you don't have to use
the 'Min. Length' button;
Applying the rule that plate boundaries must be described counterclockwise, the next
boundary of the plate is the hull line. Thus indicate the hull line;
The next relation of the plate is the forward boundary located at frame 31. Select the
'Max. Length' button and enter 31 as value in the entry field;
The next boundary of the plate is a line with a parallel distance of 3950 from the
centerline. Select the 'Min. Breadth' button and enter 3950 as value in the entry field;
Now you have to define the little jut:
The next boundary of the plate is located at frame 26, where you have a new

27

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

maximum length, because there is no plate material to the right of frame 26. Select
the 'Max. Length' button and the previous value will disappear. Now you can enter 26
as new value in the entry field;
The last boundary of the plate is a line with a parallel distance of 3920 from the
centerline. Select the 'Min. Breadth' button and enter 3920 as new value in the entry
field.
After defining all relations of plate "Deck 3500" you can preview the result by pressing
the 'Preview' button. When the plate looks correct, it can be created by pressing the
'Ok' button.

Note: The creation of this plate illustrates the general rule, that a plate can
contain several minimum and maximum lengths!

1.8

Long. section 6600 off CL

1.8.1

Basic training steps (09)

Start situation
Now you will create the longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600" in between the
decks "Deck 6200" and "Deck 3500".
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Open drawing side view "108-6600"


Choose Update active block to see the decks you have created earlier
Place standard text "Long. section 6600 off CL" above view
Shift baseline
Create plate "Long. bulkhead 6600" without corner holes
Create standard holes with dimensions 850 / 450 mm
Dimension holes
Create ventilation/draining holes with radius 50 mm

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

28

Basic Training Tutorial

Two small corner holes are still missing here. They can be created by using the toolbar
icon "Create corner holes" and the option icon "Corner hole" from panel "Corner holes".
If you use this option, there is one disadvantage: the created corner holes will not be
topological! Therefore it's better to add these corner holes into the contour of the plate.
When the corner holes are part of the plate contour, they will be topological. This option
will be explained later on.
End situation

Additional description of actions:


1.

Open drawing side view "108-6600"

Opening drawing side view "108-6600" is similar to opening drawing frame view "108-27"
, but you have to select "Side" for the type of view and "108-6600" for the drawing name
within panel "Open drawing".
3.

Place standard text "Long. section 6600 off CL" above view

Placing standard text "Long. section 6600 off CL" above view is similar to placing
standard text "Deck 6200 above base" above view. Please select from panel "Textmenu"
the text "Long. section 6600 off CL".

1.8.2

Update active section

When you open a drawing by using the toolbar icon "Open Drawing", the program asks
you to update the view by displaying the message panel:

29

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You can choose between three options:


: update only the current block
1. Update Active block
: update all blocks, which are enabled to be
2. Update all blocks
displayed within the current block
: do not update any block
3. Do not update
Updating a block means regenerating the view to present all previously created
construction parts within the area of the current view, that have not been saved in the
drawing already.
In this situation please select 'Update Active block' in order to see the decks you have
created earlier.

1.8.3

Shift baseline

Now you will move up the baseline from the zero level, because the baseline as it is now
is a bit too far away from the hull line. By shifting the baseline upwards, you won't lose
additional space on the drawing.
Let's shift the baseline by selecting the function "Drawing Properties" on the toolbar:

After selecting this icon the panel "Drawing Properties" appears. Within this panel select
option 'Base line' and change the value for 'Position' from 0 into 1500:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

30

Basic Training Tutorial

After selecting the 'OK' button, the baseline is positioned at 1500 above base.
You can now get the full screen by using the toolbar function "Full screen" or hot key <5
>.

31

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.8.4

Create plates (3)

Now you will create plate "Long. bulkhead 6600" with thickness 10 mm but without
corner holes.
This plate will be created between the decks "Deck 6200" and "Deck 3500". You have
created deck "Deck 3500" out of two separate plates with different thicknesses and
therefore it contains a step at the position of frame 26 minus 50 mm:

The boundaries/relations of plate "Long. bulkhead 6600" will be defined by referring to


these decks and then the step will automatically be included.
Let's create the plate by selecting the toolbar icon "Plates", followed by the icon "Plates
in View":

After selecting this function, you enter the values for 'Thickness' and 'Thickness
direction' in panel "Plates in View":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

32

Basic Training Tutorial

This plate has a thickness of 10 mm and the thickness direction is 'from CL'. Ignore the
value for 'Shift of working plane', select the 'Ok' button and specify the plate boundaries.

The boundaries of the plate will be defined as follows:


Start with the aft boundary of the plate defined by the minimum length. Click the 'Min.
Length' button and enter value 22+9 in the entry field. By entering the value "+9", the

33

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

thickness of the aft bulkhead is taken into account;


The next boundaries are the lower decks "Deck 3500", consisting of two deck plates
with different thicknesses:
First select the aft most deck plate by indicating a few millimeters above it;
Secondly select the front deck plate by again indicating a few millimeters above it;
The next relation is the forward boundary defined by the maximum length. Select the
'Max. Length' button and enter value 31 in the entry field;
The last boundary is the upper deck "Deck 6200". This boundary can be defined by
clicking a bit beneath the deck.
After having defined all the boundaries, create the plate "Long. bulkhead 6600" by
clicking the 'Ok' button.
You can check if plate "Long. bulkhead 6600" contains a step by zooming in on the lower
boundary of this plate. But before zooming in, it is recommended to display background
lines by selecting the option "View" -> "Plate presentation" -> "Show background
lines":
Accept the default option 'All Plates' within panel "Plate Presentation":

With this option the thickness lines of plates in section are displayed in purple color,
while the border lines of plates in view are displayed in red color.
Now zoom in near frame 26 by using the function "Zoom in" on the toolbar:
Although the toolbar function "Zoom in" and the hot key <1> are both used for zooming
in, there is a difference in usage:
The toolbar function allows you to define the area in which you want to zoom in, by
indicating the two points of the area using the mouse;
Hot key <1> supports interactively zooming at 50% each step: pressing the key once
equals one step. The current position of the cross hair is used as focus point for the
zoom process.
You can see that the the bulkhead contains a small step indeed.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

34

Basic Training Tutorial

Remove the background lines by using the system close key in the upper right corner of
the panel.
Hot key: <Esc>

Next, you use the toolbar icon "Full screen" or hot key <5> again to get the full screen.

1.8.5

Create holes

Now you will create four standard holes with dimensions 850 / 450 mm.
These four holes can be created in two steps. First the two lower ones and then the two
upper ones.
Create the two lower holes by clicking the toolbar icon "Create holes":

Select on the toolbar "Insert Holes" the first option icon "Fixed hole":

Within panel "Create holes" you enter the position of the first and second hole:

35

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Within this panel the fields 'From frame' and 'From height' are used to determine the
position of the center point of the first aft most hole and the fields 'To frame' and 'To
height' are used to determine the position of the second hole. You don't have to enter a
value for 'To height' because the second hole is positioned at the same height as the
first one. In this case no value is entered for 'Step size' because the default value 1 is
the correct value. For additional information about the field 'Step size' see note.
Furthermore no value is entered for 'Number of items': based on the step size of 1, the
number of items will be automatically calculated as 2.

Notes: If the cursor is already at the right position, you can use the button 'Hole at
current control'. The corresponding values will then automatically be shown in the
panel.
After you have defined the centre point of the first hole, the cursor will move to that
position.
You can check the actual values for 'Step size' and 'Number of items' by
pressing the <Tab> key several times.
After entering the position of the holes you select the desired type of hole:

Now you enter the dimension of the holes by means of panel "Hole types":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

36

Basic Training Tutorial

By selecting the 'OK' button, the two lower holes with dimensions 850 / 450 mm will be
created.
You follow the same procedure to create the two upper holes. The only difference is that
the value for 'From height' within panel "Create holes" will be 5500 in stead of 4300.

1.8.6

Dimension manhole

You will place dimensions in the just created standard holes.


Select on the toolbar "Draw" the icon dimensions:

To place dimensions in a hole, you select the toolbar icon "Dimensions":

As the hint "Select where to place dimension" points out, you have to indicate a point
where the dimension should be placed.
Please indicate a point inside the holes to place the dimensions.

37

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.8.7

Create draining / ventilation holes

You will create three upper holes and three lower holes with radius 50 mm. The upper
holes are so-called ventilation holes and the lower ones are so-called draining holes.
Although there are three ventilation holes, due to their positions, these holes can not be
created in one action. In this case only two holes can be created in one action, so you
must create the remaining hole separately.
Let's create two ventilation holes in one action by selecting the toolbar icon "Create
draining/ventilation holes":

Select from panel "Corner holes" the option "Draining hole":

According to the hint "Indicate the part in which the hole has to be positioned" you have
to click just below the upper deck. After indicating this deck, you enter the position of the
aft most and the forward ventilation hole by means of panel "Draining Hole":

Within this panel the fields 'From frame' and 'To frame' are used to determine the
position of the aft most and the forward ventilation holes. Again no values are needed to
be entered for 'Step size' and 'Number of items'. By selecting the 'Ok' button, the two
ventilation holes are created.
The remaining ventilation hole is positioned at frame 30 minus 100 mm and can be
created using the same procedure. Within panel "Draining Hole" you only have to enter
value 30-100 for 'From frame'. Click the 'Ok' button to create the third ventilation hole.
Now all three ventilation holes have been created.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

38

Basic Training Tutorial

You follow the same procedure to create the three draining holes. The only difference is
the position of the indication point: now you have to click just above the lower deck.

1.9

Deck 6200 above base

1.9.1

Basic training steps (10)

Start situation
Now you will return to the upper deck "Deck 6200 above base" to add holes, deck beams
and seams.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Open drawing top view "108-6200"


Choose "Update active block" to see the bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600"
Create holes with diameter 450 mm at 7000 from CL
Modify aft most hole by shifting it 50 mm
Dimension holes
Create two small holes with diameter 50 mm
Create holes parallel to hull line with diameter 50 mm
Create transverse deck beam at FR28
Create two longitudinal deck beams at 1320 off CL
Create a series of transverse deck beams from FR23 until FR27
Create welded soft seams at 1940, 3910 and 6550 off CL
Add weld symbols to the soft seams
Code plate "Deck 6200" to check the division of this plate in smaller parts

You will notice that the deck beams at frame 29 and 30 are still missing. You could make
these beams with a fixed value here, but it's better to wait a while until you have created
the longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 3960". Then you can relate the deck beams to
this bulkhead.
End situation

39

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Additional description of actions:


3.

Create holes with diameter 450 mm at 7000 from CL

The creation of these holes is similar to the creation of standard holes 850/450 mm with
the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Value

Create holes

'From frame'
'From breadth'
'To frame'
Selected hole type

22.5
7000
30.5

Hole types

'Diameter'

450

5.

Dimension holes

The dimensioning of holes with diameter 450 mm is similar to the dimensioning of


standard holes 850/450 mm
6.

Create two small holes with diameter 50 mm

The creation of these holes is similar to the creation of standard holes 850/450 mm.
The first hole is positioned just forward of frame 29 and the second hole is just aft frame
31. Nevertheless these holes can be created in one go with the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Value

Create holes

'From frame'
'From breadth'
'To frame'
'Number of items'
Selected hole type

29+100
6700
31-100
2

Hole types

'Diameter'

50

Note: Usually the step size is 1, but between the frame positions "29+100" and
"31-100", the actual step size is less than 2. If you enter value "1" for option 'Step
size', the system will modify the value for option 'To frame' from "31-100" into
"31+100", which is not what you want.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

40

Basic Training Tutorial

To force the system to use the given frame positions, you enter a value "2" for
option 'Number of items' instead of a value for option 'Step size'. By means of the <
TAB> key, you can check later on the value for 'Step size'. The actual value,
calculated by the system, is "2FR-200".
10. Create a series of transverse deck beams from FR23 until FR27
Now you will create a series of transverse deck beams from FR23 until FR27 between
the longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600" and the longitudinal girder at 1320 from
CL. Because all these deck beams are equal, you can make them in one go. The
creation process is similar to the creation of one transverse deck beam at FR28 with the
following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile
type

Border value

Value

'Body size'
'Thickness'
'From frame'
'To frame'
'Step size'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation

'Vertical distance'
'1st end shape'
Border value

Limitation

'Vertical distance'
'2nd end shape'
End type

'Radius'

140
8
23
27
1 ( this default value can be omitted )
Towards Base
From reversed frame
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate the longitudinal bulkhead at 6600
from CL
40

Second limitation
Indicate the longitudinal deck beam at 1320
from CL
0

35

This will result in the generation of five transverse deck beams, positioned at frame 23
until frame 27.

41

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.9.2

Open drawing (2)

To open a drawing you have to select the toolbar icon "Open drawing":

Until now you have selected the next drawing to open from the panel "Open drawing".
According to the hint "Indicate part which has to be visible" another possibility to change
between drawings is to click on a part in the current drawing. After doing so, the system
will open the new drawing of this part.
In this case you will return to the upper deck "Deck 6200 above base". By means of
selecting the upper deck, the system will change from side view to top view "108-6200".

1.9.3

Turn/shift holes

If you zoom in on the aft most hole, you will see that this hole touches the plate border.
Because this situation is not acceptable, you will modify this hole by shifting it 50 mm
forward.
Within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull every "Create" toolbar also has a 'Modify' option to
modify the earlier created part, and every "Modify" toolbar has a 'Create' option. To
modify the aft most hole you can directly select the 'Modify' button on the panel "Holes",
which is still available on screen. Besides this, there are also certain modify options
accessible directly on the toolbar "Modify 3D" such as 'Modify plates' and 'Modify
profiles', etc.
To shift the aft most hole select the toolbar icon "Modify holes":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

42

Basic Training Tutorial

Select on the "Modify 3D" toolbar the option "Holes" and then on the "Modify Holes"
toolbar the first option icon "Turn/shift":

By means of panel "Hole selection menu" you select the aft most hole:

On this selection panel, the options above the button 'Highlight' will appear in many
selection panels within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull. Here is a short explanation regarding
the options on that part of the panel:
Selection treatment:

Select
Exclude

Item(s) you indicate are selected;


Exclude items from the current selection;

Selection buttons:

All

43

Select all items at once;

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Reverse
Highlight

Reverse the current selection;


Highlight the current selection;

Selection methods:

Cross hair
Clump
Conflict

Only the item(s) you click on is (are) selected;


Dragging a selection box from left to right, only items that have
been boxed entirely are included;
dragging a selection box from right to left, also items that have
been only partially boxed are included;

Now select the aft most hole. Enter the value 0+50 for 'Length' which means the hole will
be moved over a distance of 50 mm.

Note: If the value 50 is entered instead of 0+50, it would be interpreted as if you


would actually be moving the hole over 50 frames!
Click the 'Ok' button to shift the hole to the new position.

1.9.4

Create holes parallel to line

Now you will create eighteen holes parallel to the hull line with diameter 50 mm.
To create these holes parallel to the hull line, select toolbar icon "Create holes" again:

Select on the toolbar "Insert Holes" the sixth option icon "Hole parallel to line related":

According to the hint "Indicate line at side where to position the hole", you do this by
clicking a few millimeters above the hull line. Afterwards you enter the position of the
holes along the hull line by means of panel "Create holes" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

44

Basic Training Tutorial

Within this panel the value for 'Parallel distance' stands for the distance between the
center of the holes and the hull line. Furthermore, the fields 'From frame' and 'To
frame' are used to determine the position of the aft most hole and the last hole to be
created towards fore ship.
A difficulty for determining the values in question, is the irregularity in frame distance at
frame 28 changing from 650 mm into 700 mm. Therefore you will not enter values like
22+325, but you will use decimal values instead. The aft most hole is located at a
quarter of the frame distance between frame 22 and frame 23: the value for option 'From
frame' is 22.25. The last hole is located at three-quarters of the frame distance between
frame 30 and frame 31: the value for 'To frame' is 30.75. Finally the distance between
the holes is half a frame distance: the value for 'Horizontal distance' is 0.5. The total
number of holes will be calculated by the system.
Choose the type of hole:

Enter a value for diameter of these holes by means of panel "Hole types":

45

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By clicking the 'Ok' button, eighteen holes with diameter 50 mm will be created parallel
to the hull line.

1.9.5

Create vertical profiles (1)

Now you will start to make your first deck beam. As you have experienced during the
creation of plates, you should always try to refer to other construction parts as much as
possible. You will do the same for profiles.
If you take a close look at the sheet, you will see the following deck beams:
Frame 28: a continuous transverse deck beam HP 200 x 9;
1320 from CL: a longitudinal deck beam HP 200 x 9, starting at frame 22 and
stopping at frame 28;
1320 from CL: a longitudinal deck beam HP 200 x 9, starting at frame 28 and
stopping at frame 31;
Frame 23 to 27: a series of transverse deck beams HP 140 x 8 between the
longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600" and the longitudinal deck beam at 1320
from CL.
To get the optimal result in profile relations, the order in which you create the deck
beams plays a significant role. You will start creating the transverse deck beam at frame
28, then you will create the two longitudinal deck beams at 1320 from CL and finally you
will create the remaining smaller transverse deck beams from frame 23 to frame 27.
Generally, all deck beams will be created using the available functions for profiles. These
functions are accessible by means of the toolbar icon "Create profile":

After selecting this icon, the toolbar "Insert Profiles" is displayed:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

46

Basic Training Tutorial

This toolbar contains four different options for creating topological profiles:
Topological profiles are profiles which are defined by the position of other construction
parts and/or the hull. This means that any changes in the position of the other
construction parts has influence on the concerning profile:
Vertical profiles
Horizontal profiles
Profiles in view
Arbitrary profiles

Within this training step you will only create vertical and horizontal profiles. The terms
'Horizontal' and 'Vertical' have nothing to do with the actual position of the profile itself,
but with the position as it is presented in the drawing! During this tutorial, you will also
create profiles in view and arbitrary profiles.

Let's create the transverse deck beam at frame 28. Due to the vertical position of this
beam in the drawing, you have to select the option icon "Vertical profiles":

You specify the type of profile and it's position by means of panel "Create Vertical
Profile" :

47

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Here is a short explanation of the available options within this panel:


The type of profile is "HP" or "Bulb" and therefore the following option icon is selected:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

48

Basic Training Tutorial

To select the size of the profile, you have to select the options 'Body size' and '
Thickness'. Each option generates a list of default values from which you select the
appropriate one. In this case you select the values 200 and 9 respectively;
To determine the position of one profile or a series of profiles, you have to enter a
value for 'From frame' and may enter values for 'To frame', 'Step size' and 'Number
of items'. In this case you will create only one profile at frame 28, so you only have to
enter value 28 for 'From frame';
To determine how one profile or a series of profiles is created, you have to select one
of the presented options for 'Body direction' and 'Thickness direction':
If the profile should be created below the plate, you accept the default value
'Towards Base' for 'Body direction', but if the profile should be created on top of
the plate, you select 'From Base';
The thickness direction of the profile depends on the actual position of the profile
with respect to the reversed frame and the chosen value for 'Thickness direction'.
For instance, when the profile is located aft from the reversed frame and the
thickness direction is "From reversed frame", the profile will be created with it's
thickness direction pointing to the aft of the ship.
The type of material of the profile will be the presented standard material "GR-A";
Normally the profile will automatically be attached to the right plate. Only in
exceptional cases you select the plate to which the profile should be attached. So the
'Choose plate' button is hardly used.
After clicking the 'Ok' button, you have to specify the length of the profile by defining it's
first and second relations. Whenever possible, you should define the first and second
relations by referring to other construction parts. Using the reference method results in a
so-called topological profile. It's preferable to work from lower end to upper end.
Now you determine the lower end of the profile by means of panel "Border value" :

49

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The lower end of the deck beam is limited by the longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead
6600". Instead of entering a value for 'Breadth value', you will refer to the longitudinal
bulkhead by clicking just above this bulkhead. The option 'Vertical distance' stands for
the distance between the beam and the longitudinal bulkhead. This distance is 40 mm.
You also have to define the concerning 'end shape' of the deck beam for this position.
Generally speaking a profile can be given four end shapes:
The first and second end shapes are used for the body of the profile;
The third and fourth end shapes are meant for the flange of the profile.
Looking at the limitations of the profile, the end shape at the first limitation is specified by
the first and third end shapes and so the end cut at the second limitation is defined by
the second and fourth end shapes.

Note: In this case you will not select the third and fourth end shape, because
defining the end shape for the flange of a bulb is not very useful.
Now you specify the end cut of the deck beam by selecting type 'A' as the first end
shape:

After specifying the first limitation (lower end) of the profile, you proceed to determine
second limitation (the upper end) of the profile as well. The option automatically changes

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

50

Basic Training Tutorial

from 'First limitation' to 'Second limitation':

The upper end of the deck beam is limited by the upper boundary of plate "Deck 6200"
which is at a distance of 100 mm from the centerline. Refer to this upper boundary by
clicking just below it. The vertical distance between the profile and the plate boundary
should be 0 mm. Finally you have to define the end shape of the deck beam again by
selecting type 'C' for the second end shape:

This end shape contains a small welding hole in the corner. You can enter the
appropriate radius of this welding hole within panel "End type" :

By clicking the 'OK' button, the transverse deck beam at frame 28 will be created.

51

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.9.6

Create horizontal profiles

After creating the transverse deck beam at frame 28, you will create two longitudinal
deck beams at 1320 from CL:
A longitudinal deck beam HP 200 x 9, starting at frame 22 and stopping at frame 28;
A longitudinal deck beam HP 200 x 9, starting at frame 28 and stopping at frame 31.
Let's first create the aft most longitudinal deck beam, starting at frame 22 and stopping
at frame 28.
Select the toolbar icon "Create profile":

Select on the toolbar "Insert Profiles" the option icon "Horizontal Profiles":

Also for this horizontal profile you specify the type of profile and it's position by means of
panel "Create Horizontal Profile". Generally speaking the last used type of profile is used
as the default for the new one. In this situation the default type of profile HP 200 x 9 is
the right one.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

52

Basic Training Tutorial

Within this panel the available options are quite similar to the presented options within
panel "Create Vertical Profile". The differences are listed below:
To determine the position of one profile or a series of profiles, you will now use the

53

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

fields 'From breadth' and 'To breath' instead of 'To frame' and 'From frame';
The thickness direction of the profile now depends on the actual position of the profile
with respect to the centerline.
In this situation you will create only one profile at 1320 mm from centerline. This profile
will be located underneath the deck with a thickness direction 'From CL'.
After selecting the 'Ok' button, you have to specify the length of the profile by defining
it's start and end points. We take as start point the aft end of the profile.
Now you determine the aft end of the profile by means of panel "Border value" :

The aft end of the longitudinal deck beam is limited by the aft boundary of plate "Deck
6200". Refer to this aft boundary by clicking right next to it, on the inside the plate. At the
aft end the horizontal distance is 0 mm; enter value 0 for 'Horizontal distance'. Select
the first end shape being end shape type 'C':

Next, enter the radius for the small welding hole in the corner:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

54

Basic Training Tutorial

By selecting the 'OK' button you have defined the aft relation of the longitudinal deck
beam.
Now the forward end of the profile will be defined by means of the same panel:

The forward end of the longitudinal deck beam is limited by frame 28. Instead of entering
value 28-9 for 'frame numbers', you can also click your mouse a few millimeters on the
left hand side of the deck beam at frame 28. The value "0" for the 'Horizontal distance'
has already been inserted as default. Select the second end shape being end shape
type 'N'. This special type is chosen because it contains, besides the welding hole, an
additional hole to create room for the bulb of the profile on frame 28:

Finally enter the radius of the upper corner:

By selecting the 'OK' button, the aft most longitudinal deck beam will be created.

Now you will create the forward longitudinal deck beam, starting at frame 28 and

55

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

stopping at frame 31, in a similar way.


The properties of this second beam are listed in the following table:
Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile type

Value

Border value

'Body size'
'Thickness'
'From breadth'
'Body direction'
'Thickness direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation
'Horizontal distance'
'1st end shape'

End type
Border value

'Radius'
Limitation
'Horizontal distance'
'2nd end shape'

1.9.7

200
9
1320
Towards Base
From CL
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate frame 28
0

35
Second limitation
Indicate frame 31
40

Create seams horizontal

Now you will create three welding seams in plate "Deck 6200".
The deck plate you have created until now is too big for the cutting machine. It needs to
be divided in smaller parts by creating seams in the plate.
Within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull there are two ways for dividing plates:
1.
2.

Splitting plates;
Creating seams.

By splitting a plate, you literally cut the plate into smaller (more) plates. By creating

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

56

Basic Training Tutorial

seams on a plate you do not divide the plate into smaller parts itself, until you begin to
code this plate. The advantage of using seams during the engineering process is the fact
that you are able to change the position of the seams on the plate easily, since the plate
in actuality is not split into two or more. Therefore our recommendation is to use seams
to take care of the following prerequisite: the plate must have an equal thickness!
Sometimes it is required to make a part of the existing plate thicker or thinner. In such
cases you have to split the plate first and then change the thickness of the concerning
part.
In this case the upper deck "Deck 6200" contains three seams:
A horizontal seam at 1940 from CL;
A horizontal seam at 3910 from CL;
A horizontal seam at 6550 from CL;
First you will make the two seams at 1940 and 3910 from CL, and then you will make the
remaining one at 6550 from CL. These seams can't be made in one step, due to a
difference in intermediate distance between them.
Now we are going to create the first two horizontal seams in plate "Deck 6200", which
has an equal thickness of 8 mm.
Select the toolbar icon "Welds/Beveling":

After selecting this icon, the toolbar "Insert Welds/Beveling" is displayed:

This toolbar contains two options for seams:


Seam horizontal
Seam vertical

Select option icon "Seam horizontal":

57

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

According to the hint "Select part in which a welding seam has to be placed" you select
plate "Deck 6200". Enter the location of the first two welds to be created by means of
panel "Create Horizontal Seam" :

By pressing the 'Ok' button, two soft seams are created at 1940 and 3910 from CL.
Now let's create the third horizontal weld in plate "Deck 6200". This weld, positioned at
6550 from CL, is created in a similar way as the previous ones.

1.9.8

Create weld symbols (1)

Now you will add weld symbols to the created seams.


Select on the toolbar "Insert" the icon "Weld Symbols" again:

Select on sub-toolbar "Insert Weld Symbols" the first option icon "Weld Symbol":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

58

Basic Training Tutorial

The system will display an additional panel "Weld symbols", in which you can select a
welding code:

This welding code is not used by everyone. If you don't wish to place a welding code, you
complete the process clicking the little cross in the upper right corner after you have
indicated the positions where the weld symbols should be placed. If you do wish to place
a welding code, you complete the process by clicking the 'Ok' button on the panel.
Here you will only add weld symbols to the seams without additional welding codes.
Please indicate the desired positions of the weld symbol for all three seams and
complete the process by closing the window so that no welding codes are placed.

1.9.9

Code plate (1)

As explained before, a plate containing seams will not be divided into smaller parts,
unless you code this plate. You will check the division of plate "Deck 6200" in four
individual parts by coding it.
Coding a plate means creating one or more DXF-output files for Computer Aided
Manufacturing. These output files contain both geometric and production information of
the part and will be imported in a nesting program.
Generally speaking the "Code plate" option is only used for individual geometrically
complex plates to verify if the generated production output is correct. In real life the
entire block will be coded after the block has been completed.

59

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Select the toolbar icon "CAM", followed by the icon "Code One Part":

The system will display panel "Code One Part" :

Please follow the instruction given by hint "Select the part to be coded" and select plate
"Deck 6200" . The graphical screen will be split up in two parts: one part contains the
original drawing and the other part contains the coded part. With the 'Switch windows'
button from panel "Coded part" you are able to switch between these windows.
In this situation the first coded part in DXF-format "6116108-1-1.dxf" will be displayed
within window "Coded part". By using the 'Next' button you are able to display and add to
this window all the coded parts belonging to this plate one by one as it is illustrated in the
figure below displaying the files "6116108-1-1.dxf", "6116108-1-2.dxf", "6116108-1-3.dxf"
and "6116108-1-4.dxf":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

60

Basic Training Tutorial

Within window "Coded part" you see that every plate has it's own orientation symbol. The
cutting lines are displayed in green and the marking lines are displayed in white. The
white marking lines also contain one or more triangles. These triangles indicate the
thickness direction of the connected deck beams.
The plate is shown upside down. As part of the coding process the plate is automatically
turned upside down because of the marking lines, which must be marked from above on
the cutting machine.
Now return to the original plate in 3D-Contek by closing the window or use the hot key <
Esc>.

61

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You will see that plate "Deck 6200" is still one plate with the seams: the coding process
does not modify the original part but generates an extract from it.

1.10

Frame 28

1.10.1 Basic training steps (11)

Start situation
Now you can check in frame view the deck beams and soft seams.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.

Open drawing frame view "108-28"


Choose "Update active block" to see the deck beams and the position of the seams
in the upper deck
Add small weld symbols to the seams

End situation

Additional description of actions:


1.

Open drawing frame view "108-28"

Opening drawing frame view "108-28" is similar to opening drawing top view "108-6200",
but you need to indicate the deck beam at frame 28 within the current top view
"108-6200".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

62

Basic Training Tutorial

1.10.2 Create weld symbols (2)

You have the possibility to add small welding symbols to the seams in the upper deck.
The location of each seam is illustrated with the following symbol:

Select the toolbar icon "Weld Symbols":

Select from panel "Welds" the second option icon "Weld Symbol":

Follow the given hint "Indicate position on line, where symbol has to be put", by
indicating a position just above the seam symbol at the upper deck. The small welding
symbols will be created above the location of the seams.

1.11

Use of the 3D Hull Viewer

1.11.1 Basic training steps (12)

Now you will start the NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull Viewer application to view the active
block in a 3-dimensional environment.
Overview of actions:
1.

63

Show parts according to selection criteria

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Viewpoint projections
Presentation of parts and the viewing modes
Item information
3D-Contek interactivity
Navigation settings for various ways to view the block
Filter options to filter various part properties

Additional description of actions:


2.

Viewpoint projections

To the left of the screen there is a toolbar present with 14 predefined viewing
perspectives to choose from. These perspectives are set to certain angles relative to the
block you have open in the Hull Viewer. When you imagine a cube around the block, that
cube will have 6 sides to it. The first 6 buttons take you to the viewpoints perpendicular
to those sides. The remaining 8 buttons are set to the viewpoints in each corner of the
cube.
4.

Item information

The same menu you open by right clicking a part, also contains the function 'Item
information'. When selecting this, the system displays the panel "3D-Item information"
with geometric information about the part you selected. More about this will be explained
later on in the tutorial. Next to geometric information for an item, also logistical
information, attribute information and additional information can be retrieved using this
panel.

1.11.2 Show parts

There are two ways to start the Hull Viewer:


Standard startup
Using selection criteria
To start the Hull Viewer, you have the option to open the "Application" menu and then
select "Hull Viewer".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

64

Basic Training Tutorial

For this exercise we will use the selection criteria method. The advantage of this method
is that the block (or parts of the block depending on the criteria you specify) will be
imported into the Hull Viewer directly upon startup.
To specify the needed selection criteria, click the toolbar icon "Send to Hull Viewer":

In the "Selected parts viewer" panel, you are given the option to choose from different
lists that you can use to filter your selection with. In this case it doesn't matter which one
you use, because we want the entire block to be shown, which means no filter is needed.
Click the button that, in the example of the picture below, says 'parts-list'.

Type the name of the block in the correct field and click 'Create selection list'.

65

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

When the selection list is created, you will be sent back to the "Selected parts viewer"
panel. Now you have two buttons to choose from. If the Hull Viewer is already open,
'New' will refresh it's screen and then will display the parts of the block according to the
criteria you have specified. 'Add' will add your selection to what is already showing in the
Hull Viewer. Since you haven't opened anything yet, you will click 'New'. The Hull Viewer
will now start up and display 3D models of the parts you have created thus far.

1.11.3 Presentation of parts

You can select a part by clicking on it once. When you hold down the <Shift> key and
click on the part again, it will be de-selected. Pressing and holding down the <Shift> key
also allows you to select multiple parts, by clicking on them one at a time.
You can also invert your selection with the hotkey combination <Ctrl> + <R>. Using <
Ctrl> + <A> will select the entire block. Doing the same in combination with the <Shift>
key will deselect the block.
When you right click a part, you will be presented with a menu. Here you see the
functions 'Hide part', 'Transparent', 'Wireframe' and 'X-Ray'.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

66

Basic Training Tutorial

Setting a part to 'Transparent' allows you to see what is behind it. Setting a part to Hide
allows you to select what is behind it. For 'Wireframe' see "Viewing mode" below. Setting
a part to 'X-Ray' allows you to see it at all times, even through other parts. In order to
restore the parts after you have used these functions, you can either open the "View"
menu, or you can use the following buttons:

Respectively, these are 'Restore hidden', 'Restore Transparent' and 'Restore X-Ray'.

Viewing mode

There are two different modes in which you can view your block: "Shaded" being the
standard viewing mode in the Hull Viewer. "Wireframe" only displays the contours of the
parts, which will help increase performance when dealing with very large models.

1.11.4 3D-Contek interactivity

Show drawing box


If a drawing exists for a certain part you select, and the field "Drawing name" is present

67

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

in the logistical layout, it will be displayed in the right mouse menu under 'Open drawing'
. Selecting this will open the drawing in 3D-Contek. The function known as the "drawing
box" will display which drawing you have open in 3D-Contek. This transparent "box" also
represents the defined drawing area of that particular drawing.
To activate the drawing box, select the icon "Toggle drawing box":

Select it again to switch it back off.

Clipping
When you wish to focus on a part that is hard to see because it is located deep within a
block and various parts are blocking the view, using this function will allow you to trim the
view of your displayed block in length, width, and height.
Select the icon "Clipping":

You are presented with the panel "Clipping" :

You can either use the slidebars, or input a value to indicate the location of the part you

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

68

Basic Training Tutorial

wish to isolate. Using the option "Clip on drawing box" will automatically trim the block to
where you only see what is displayed inside the drawing box.

Now you are going to increase the viewing distance in length by means of the panel
"Drawing Properties" in 3D-Contek, after which you will use the clipping function to see
the effect.
Open the panel "Drawing Properties" in 3D-Contek by selecting the icon on the toolbar:

Proceed by clicking the 'Visibility' button:

The panel "Visibility" is displayed:

69

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Change the value for 'Distance behind view' from 50 to 1500 and click the 'OK' button
on the "Drawing Properties" panel. Now activate the drawing box in the Hull Viewer by
clicking the "Toggle drawing box" icon:

As you can see, the drawing box has now increased in length. Now you activate the
clipping function by selecting the icon "Clipping":

Activate the option 'Clip on drawing box'. Now everything within the drawing box is
visible, while everything outside of it is hidden.
To continue with the tutorial, please change the 'Distance behind view' in the "Visibility"
panel back to 50.

1.11.5 Navigation settings

The following buttons are used to control the navigation settings:

'Spin' is the standard navigational use. You can spin the block around to view it from any
angle you wish. This function has a number of control keys to use:
Pan function 1 = Ctrl + mouse movement
Pan function 2 = Hold down mouse wheel + mouse movement
Zoom function 1 = Mouse wheel
Zoom function 2 = Hold down mouse wheel + left mouse button + mouse movement
Rotate in any direction 1 = Ctrl + Shift + mouse movement
Rotate in any direction 2 = Left mouse button + right mouse button + mouse movement

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

70

Basic Training Tutorial

By default the center of rotation is the center of the block. You can re-focus the center of
rotation to make the block revolve around any point on a part you indicate. You can do
this by using the hotkey <C> at any given time.

'Walk' allows you to move around the section using the mouse. Pressing the left mouse
button in 'Walk' mode will result in the mouse pointer jumping to the center of the Hull
Viewer. The distance between this center and the point to which you move the mouse
while pressing the left mouse button defines the speed of the view change. There are
three different ways of controlling the view point and direction in walk mode:
1. Moving and turning
By moving the mouse away from the center, you move your point of view. Moving the
mouse upwards or downwards will move your viewpoint forward or backwards. Moving
the mouse to the left or to the right will turn your point of view to the left or to the right.
2. Shifting
By pressing the <Shift> key and the left mouse button, your point of view can be shifted
horizontally or vertically depending on the movement of the mouse.
3. Tilting
By pressing the <Ctrl> key and the left mouse button, you can change the angle of view.
Only the vertical movement of the mouse has effect.

'Orbit' allows you to put the block in an indefinite spinning motion. Click and hold the
mouse, and then move it in the direction you wish it to spin. Release the mouse button at
the end of your movement. The speed at which the block will spin depends on the speed
of your movement.

1.11.6 Filter options

You can visually filter the block using 4 different types of criteria:
1. Thickness of parts
2. Type of material of parts
3. Orientation to parts

71

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

4. Nesting status
The effect of the filter is expressed in a certain color. Parts with an equal thickness will
have the same color when using the 'Thickness filter'. The 'Material filter' will render
parts of equal material the same color. Parts of which the thickness points into the same
direction (i.e. towards/from centerline, or towards/from base) are given the same color
when using the 'Orientation filter'. The 'Nest status filter' gives plates that have
nesting information present a different colour. These functions are found with the
following buttons:

The remaining button stands for 'No Filter', which represents the standard viewing
mode.

1.12

Long. section 3960 off CL

1.12.1 Basic training steps (13)

Start situation
Now you will open the longitudinal view "Long. section 3960 off CL".
Within this training step you will create the lower part in this view. In contrary to the
sheet, you will follow a different approach in creating this lower part to practice additional
options within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull:

You will create one aft plate from frame 22 until frame 29 plus 50 mm with a
thickness of 10 mm;
You will create the forward plate from frame 29 plus 50 mm until frame 31 with a
thickness of 10 mm;
By using "Split plate", you will cut the aft plate in two smaller plates at the position
frame 26 minus 50 mm;
You will change the thickness of the mid plate from 10 into 12 mm;
You will add a corner hole to the aft plate with radius 50 mm.

The end result will be the same as shown on the sheet.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

72

Basic Training Tutorial

Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Open drawing side view "108-3960"


Choose "Update Active block"
Shift baseline
Place standard text "Long. block 3960 off CL" above view
Create aft plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" with thickness 10 mm from FR22 until
FR29+50
Create forward plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" with thickness 10 mm from FR29+50
until FR31
Cut aft plate with a hard seam in two smaller plates at position FR26-50
Place thickness text and part number on plates
Change thickness of the mid plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" from 10 to 12 mm
Add corner hole to the aft plate "Long. bulkhead 3960"
Create holes with diameter 450 mm
Create ventilation/draining holes with radius 50 mm
Dimension holes
Check properties of available parts

By now you have finished the lower part of this view. What still needs to be done is the
creation of the longitudinal bulkhead of 10 mm and the longitudinal girder. We prefer to
make these parts later, because the transfer plate at frame 29 is continuous. So it's
better to first create the transfer plate at frame 29 and later on refer the small longitudinal
plate and the girder to the transfer plate at frame 29.
End situation

Additional description of actions:


1.

Open drawing side view "108-3960"

Opening drawing side view "108-3960" is similar to opening drawing frame view "108-27"
, with the exception that you select "Side" as type of view and "108-3960" as drawing
name within panel "Open Drawing".
3.

Shift baseline

The baseline is lifted up from 0 to 1500 from base by means of shifting, like you have
done within "Long. section 6600 off CL".
4.

73

Place standard text "Long. section 3960 off CL" above view

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Placing standard text "Long. section 3960 off CL" above view is similar to placing
standard text "Deck 6200 above base" above view. Please select from panel "Textmenu"
the text "Long. section 3960 off CL".
6.

Create forward plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" with thickness 10 mm from FR29+50
until FR31

The creation of forward plate "Long bulkhead 3960" with thickness 10 mm is similar to
the creation of plate "Deck 6200" with the following plate boundaries:
Option

Value

'Max. Length'

Indicate the deck


Indicate the forward boundary of aft plate "Long.
bulkhead 3960"
Indicate the hull line
31

11. Create holes with diameter 450 mm


The creation of these holes is similar to the creation of standard holes 850/450 mm with
the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Value

Create holes

'From frame'
'From height'
'To frame'
Selected hole type

22.5
3000
25.5

Hole types

'Diameter'

450

12. Create ventilation/draining holes with radius 50 mm


The creation of ventilation and draining holes is similar to the creation of draining holes.
Be aware of the fact that these holes will not be topological!
Let's first create four ventilation holes by indicating the aft most deck plate and entering
the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Value

Create draining/ventilation
holes

'From frame'

22.5

'To frame'
'Radius'

25.5
50

Now create three draining holes along the hull line by indicating the hull line and entering
the following properties:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

74

Basic Training Tutorial

Name of panel

Option

Value

Create draining/ventilation
holes

'From frame'

23.5

'To frame'
'Radius'

25.5
50

1.12.2 Create plates (4)

Now you will create the lower aft plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" with thickness 10 mm and
two corner holes.
During the creation of this plate, the corner holes will be made in the contour of the plate.
This way the corner holes will be part of the topology of the plate, meaning that the
corner holes always remain at the corners of the plate, even when one of its boundaries
has been moved.
Let's create the plate by selecting the toolbar icon "Plates", followed by the icon "Plates
in View":

After selecting this function, you enter the values for 'Thickness' and 'Thickness
direction' in panel "Plate thickness and type of material" :

75

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

This plate has a thickness of 10 mm and the thickness direction is 'from CL'. The value
for 'Shift of working plane' makes it possible to shift the reference plane of a plate.
When there is no value set, the bulkhead's topology (working plane) is calculated on the
measuring side. Since the standard thickness direction is outwards, a conflict will happen
between the bulkhead and the shell. To prevent this, the bulkhead's thickness value
automatically appears for the 'Shift of working plane' value, causing the working plane to
shift to the thickness side of the bulkhead (see figure).

Click the 'Ok' button and specify the plate boundaries:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

76

Basic Training Tutorial

The boundaries of the plate will be defined as follows:


Start with the aft boundary of the plate defined by the minimum length. Select the
'Min. Length' button and enter value 22+9 in the entry box. The value +9 has to do
with the thickness of the aft bulkhead;
Add the corner hole with radius 50 mm to the aft boundary by selecting option
'Cutout' and entering the value 50 for the radius in the entry box:

The next boundary is the hull line, which can be defined by indicating a point near and
inside the hull line;
The next boundary is the forward boundary defined by the maximum length. Select
the 'Max. Length' button and enter value 29+50 in the entry box;
The last boundaries are the lower decks "Deck 3500", consisting of two deck plates
with different thicknesses:

77

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

First select the forward deck plate by clicking a few millimeters below this plate;
Secondly select the aft most deck plate by clicking a few millimeters below this
plate;
Add the corner hole with radius 50 mm to the last boundary by selecting option
'Cutout' and entering the value 50 for the radius in the entry box.
By clicking the 'Ok' button, the plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" will be created.

1.12.3 Create hard seams

Now you will split aft plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" in two smaller plates by means of 'Split
Plate'. Let's split it vertically, at the position of frame 26 minus 50 mm.
Select the toolbar icon "Change Plates":

Select from toolbar "Modify Plates" option icon "Split plate":

There is only one option for splitting plates, this is used for horizontal as well as vertical
splitting.
According to the hint "Indicate plate or seam" you select plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" by
indicating inside the plate near the hull line. Enter the position of the weld by means of
panel "Split part" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

78

Basic Training Tutorial

For both horizontal and vertical splitting, you only need to enter one point. By using two
different points, you will split the plate slant wise.

Notes: According to the hint "Indicate plate or seam" you can also indicate an
existing seam. In that case the plate will be splitting at the position of the selected
seam.
You will split the plate at frame 26 minus 50 mm by entering value 26-50 for 'Point 1'
within column 'length'.
By selecting the 'Ok' button, the plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" will be split in two plates.

1.12.4 Thickness text

You will place thickness text including part numbers on all three plates.
Choose from the toolbar "Draw" the icon "Symbols":

Select the toolbar icon "Part Labeling" to place thickness text on plates:

79

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By default, you will also get a part number symbol. Follow the given hint "Indicate plate"
by indicating the point where on the forward and mid plates you would like the symbol
and the thickness text to be placed.
There are two methods by which you can determine whether or not a part number
symbol should be presented while dimensioning:
1. You can switch the part number symbols on and off for the whole project by means of
the application System Management;
2. You can switch the part number symbols on and off for a block within the "Block
Properties" panel.
For the rest of the tutorial you will have the part number symbol switched on, so that it
will appear when placing the thickness text on a plate.
Open the "Block Properties" panel at "Settings" -> "Block Properties", select 'Part
Symbol'. Now switch it off and back on.

1.12.5 Change thickness plates

You have to change the thickness of the mid plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" from 10 into
12 mm.
If you want to modify plates, you select the toolbar icon "Change plates":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

80

Basic Training Tutorial

After selecting this icon the toolbar "Modify Plates" is displayed:

This toolbar contains 9 plate modification options. During the tutorial, you will use three
of them:
Change Thickness
Change Plate
Relations
Undo Plate
Modification
Let's change the thickness of the mid plate by selecting option icon "Change thickness":

According to the hint "Indicate construction part or bracket" you select the mid plate
"Long. bulkhead 3960". The current thickness of the selected part is displayed within the
hint area: "Thickness of selected part 10".
By means of panel "Select plates" you can change both the thickness and the thickness
direction.
In this situation only the thickness needs to be changed by selecting option 'Thickness'
and entering value 12 in the input box:

81

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By clicking the 'Ok' button, the thickness of the mid plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" will be
changed.

1.12.6 Change plates (1)

Since the aft plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" has not been created using the option "Create
plate" but instead is a result of splitting, you have to add the missing corner hole (see the
sheet) at lower right corner of the plate afterwards. You can add this corner hole with
radius 75 mm by modifying the aft plate.
Select on the "Modify 3D" toolbar, the icon "Plates":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

82

Basic Training Tutorial

Select on the toolbar "Modify Plates" the option icon "Change Plate Relations":

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select the
aft plate "Long. bulkhead 3960".
After selecting this plate you will be presented with an overview of the
boundaries/relations of the selected plate in the panel "Relations overview" :

You will also be presented with the panel "Modify a plate contour" :

83

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You can select a relation by either clicking near one of the plate boundaries in the
graphical screen, or by selecting a relation from the list on panel "Relations overview".
When a relation is selected by clicking near a plate boundary, it will also be selected in
the list. And when a relation is selected from the list, the boundary belonging to this
relation is highlighted in the graphical screen. If applicable, after you have selected a
relation, the current boundary properties are presented in panel "Modify a plate contour".
For example if you select the aft most plate boundary, relation 4 within panel "Relations
overview" will be highlighted and the concerning properties 'Min. length' with value '
22+9' and 'Cutout' with value '50' are displayed within panel "Modify a plate contour".
Let's add a corner hole with radius 75 mm to the aft plate "Long. bulkhead 3960".
According to the hint "Indicate relation to be changed", you have to select the relation for
modification. Taking into account the desired position of the corner hole, and the general
rule that the plate boundaries are always defined counterclockwise, you should
select the hull line. The relation will be highlighted in panel "Relations overview" :

You add the corner hole to the selected boundary by entering value 75 for 'Cutout':

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

84

Basic Training Tutorial

You can get a preview of the result by clicking the 'Preview' button. The panel "Relations
overview" will be updated at the same time (see relation 6):

Note: The corner hole will always be placed at the end of the concerning
relation!
Please click the 'Ok' button to accept your modification of plate "Long. bulkhead 3960".

85

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.12.7 Dimension holes (2)

The dimensioning of holes is similar to the dimensioning of standard hole 850/450.


To dimension the small ventilation and draining holes, you should not click inside the
hole but just outside of it. Both the arrow and the dimension will be placed outside the
hole. This functionality is explained by means of the following figure:

The arrow with the hole dimension will be drawn from the center of the hole through the
indication point. Thus the arrow direction depends on the indication point just outside the
hole, in the above example point 1 and point 2.
You can always use the hot key <K> to remove the last placed dimension if you are not
satisfied with the result, without aborting the option itself and you can directly select a
new proper place for the dimension of the hole. Furthermore during this option you can
zoom in or out by using hot key <1> and hot key <3> respectively, or by using the toolbar
options.

1.12.8 Parts info (1)

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

86

Basic Training Tutorial

It is already evident that the thickness of mid plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" has been
changed from 10 into 12 mm, because you have placed the actual thickness on the plate
by using the toolbar icon "Thickness text". Another possibility to check the thickness,
dimensions, etc. of construction parts is to retrieve item information by using the toolbar
icon "ATT ?".
Select the toolbar icon "ATT?":

According to the hint "Select item" you select the mid plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" by
clicking on the inside of the plate. The system displays the panel "3D-Item information"
with geometric information about the plate:

This geometric information is related to the position of the selected item. By using the
'Highlight' button, you can verify which item the presented information belongs to: the
selected item will light up in the graphical screen.
Besides geometric information for an item, also logistical information, attribute
information and additional information can be retrieved via the tabs 'Logistics',
'Attributes' and 'Extra'. Information about these options can be found in part three

87

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

"Specific options".

1.13

Frame 29

1.13.1 Basic training steps (14)

Start situation
You will switch to frame view "Frame 29".
When you take a look at the sheet, you will see three plates:

One lower plate with thickness 12 mm;


Two upper plates with thickness 10 mm.

For the upper plates, you will not create two single plates right away, but instead you'll
create one big plate and then you will divide it into two plates by using stopping arrows.
These arrows have the same kind of functionality as placing seams does. This means
that during the coding process the plate will be split according to the arrows used. This
offers you a high flexibility; in case the transverse bulkhead should be continuous instead
of the longitudinal bulkhead, then you simply need to remove the stopping arrow and
place a continuous one.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Open drawing frame view "108-29"


Choose "Update Active block"
Place standard text "Frame 29" above view
Create lower plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" with thickness 12 mm
Create one large upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" with thickness 10 mm
Divide upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" in two single plates at the position of 6600 off
CL by using arrows of type "stopping"
Switch to the longitudinal view "108-6600" to see the contra arrows
Return to the previous view "108-29"
Code plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" to check the division of this plate in two plates

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

88

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation

Additional description of actions:


3.

Place standard text "Frame 29" above view

Placing standard text "Frame 29" above view is similar to placing standard text "Deck
6200 above base" above view. Please select from panel "Textmenu" the text "Frame
29".
4.

Create lower plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" with thickness 12 mm

The creation of the lower plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" contains the following steps:

The creation of this plate with thickness 12 mm is similar to the creation of plate "Deck
3500" with the following plate boundaries:
Option

Value

'Max. Height'
'Min. Breadth'

Indicate the hull line


Indicate the lower deck
Indicate the longitudinal bulkhead 3960
2785
3920

5.

Create one large upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" with thickness 10 mm

The creation of plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" with thickness 10 mm is similar to the creation of
plate "Deck 6200" with the following plate boundaries:
Option

89

Value

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

'Min. Breadth'

7.

3950
Indicate the lower deck
Indicate the hull line
Indicate the upper deck

Switch to the longitudinal view "108-6600" to see the contra arrows

Open drawing side view "108-6600" by means of indicating the longitudinal bulkhead
with arrows within the current drawing.
Please select 'Update Active block' in order to see the contra arrows. These contra
arrows are continuous arrows.
8.

Return back to the previous view "108-29"

Open drawing frame view "108-29" by means of indicating the longitudinal bulkhead with
arrows within the current drawing.
9.

Code plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" to check the division of this plate in two plates

Coding one plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" is similar to coding plate "Deck 6200". You can verify
that this plate is indeed split up into two single plates.

1.13.2 Open drawing (3)

To open a drawing you have to select the toolbar icon "Open drawing":

When the current drawing does not contain actual construction parts belonging to the
drawing you want to open, it is obviously not possible to open such drawing by indicating
a construction part. In this case you have to select the drawing from the "Open Drawing"
panel. You open this panel by, after selecting the icon, clicking somewhere in the
graphical screen in an area where no construction exists.
Here you want to switch from side view "108-3960" to frame view "108-29". Since you
have not created any construction part within frame 29 so far, you click in an empty area

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

90

Basic Training Tutorial

and the system will display panel "Open Drawing" :

Please make sure 'Frame' is selected in the 'View' column and then open the drawing
108-29 from the list. The system presents the drawing on screen.

1.13.3 Stopping arrows

Now you will divide the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" into two single plates by using the
arrows of type "Stopping".
Select the toolbar icon "Slots-Splitters":

91

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

After selecting this icon, the panel "Insert Slots/Splitters" is displayed:

This panel contains six types of arrows. During the tutorial, you will see examples of the
following types:
Continuous
Stopping
Egg box

Let's split the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" at the position of 6600 from CL by selecting
the icon "Stopping":

According to the hint "Indicate line" you select the vertical line at the position of 6600
from CL, which represents the longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600". The
stopping arrows will be placed at the indicated position. By closing the function you will
complete the action.
When you zoom in on the arrow, you will see that it contains a purple line symbol:

This indicates that the arrow is a 3D arrow, meaning that during coding the plate will be
split.
When the arrow does not have this purple line symbol, then it is considered a 2D
drawing symbol. This type of arrow appears, i.e. when you place a stopping arrow on a
plate in section, which divides two plates in plan view with different thicknesses.
Let's place a 2D stopping arrow by selecting the icon "Stopping" again:

Indicate the lower deck plate "Deck 3500 above base" to place the stopping arrows. As
you can see, no purple line symbol appears here.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

92

Basic Training Tutorial

1.14

Frame 29

1.14.1 Basic training steps (15)

As a side step within this tutorial, you will use "egg box" arrows instead of "stopping"
arrows.
Below you will find an example of what is meant with the egg box system:

93

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

This egg box system is mainly used for double bottoms to reduce the number of parts as
well as the man hours during fabrication.
By means of coding plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29", you will examine the difference between the
different types of arrows. By removing the arrows of type "egg box" and placing arrows
of type "stopping", you will return back to the initial situation.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove arrows of type "stopping" by using remove construction parts


Place arrows of type "egg box"
Code plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29"
Remove arrows of type "egg box"
Return to the original situation by placing arrows of type "stopping"

Additional description of actions:


4.

Remove arrows of type "egg box"

Removing arrows of type "egg box" is similar to removing arrows of type "stopping"
5.

Return to the original situation and place arrow of type "stopping"

Placing arrows of type stopping is already explained within the previous training step.

1.14.2 Remove construction parts

Now you will remove the "stopping" arrows belonging to the plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29". The
system will automatically remove the contra arrows of type "continuous" belonging to
plate "Long. bulkhead 6600".
To remove construction parts from a drawing, you select the toolbar icon "Remove
construction":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

94

Basic Training Tutorial

By means of panel "Remove 3D-Items" you can select the item(s) to be removed:

The part of this panel above option 'Highlight' contains the already explained standard
options for selecting items within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull. In complicated situations it
might be hard to select the appropriate items within the drawing. In order to make it
easier to select items in the graphical screen, you can select the type of item for the
ones to be removed first, by means of the pull-down button on the panel "Remove
3D-items" :

By selecting an item type, you make sure that only items of the same type will be
selectable. The default item type is 'Any', meaning that items of all types will be
selectable.

95

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The 'Ok' button is used to confirm and proceed with removing the selected items.
Let's remove the "stopping" arrows.
Because in this case it's rather easy to select the arrows within the drawing, you accept
the default item type 'Any'. Verify the selection by using the 'Highlight' button if needed
and click the 'Ok' button to remove the arrows.

Note: The last 3D removal can be undone by means of selecting "Modify" ->
"Undo 3D-Removal" from the menubar or using the icon "Undo 3D-Removal" on
the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

After updating your active block, the 3D item you have last removed will return.

1.14.3 Eggbox arrows

After removing the "stopping" arrows, you will place the arrows of type "egg box" within
plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" at the position of 6600 from CL.
Click the toolbar icon "Slots/Splitters":

Click on the toolbar "Insert Slots/Splitters" the third icon "Bottom Continuous":

According to the hint "Indicate line" you select the line(s) at 6600 from CL, which
represent(s) the longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600". The egg box arrows will
be placed at the indicated position.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

96

Basic Training Tutorial

1.14.4 Code plate (2)

By coding plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29" you will understand the use of these egg box arrows.
To code this plate you select the toolbar icon "CAM", followed by the icon "Code One
Part":

According to the hint "Select the part to be coded", you indicate plate "Bulkhead Fr. 29".
The procedure is similar to coding plate "Deck 6200". Therefore only the result of the
coding process will be explained here.
The coded part is displayed here:

97

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You see that the bulkhead "Bulkhead Fr. 29" is one plate again, but it has a slot at the
position of the longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600".
The longitudinal bulkhead will have the contra slot, so the two plates can be shifted into
each other.

Note: You can check the existence of this contra slot in plate "Long. bulkhead
6600" by coding this plate in the drawing "108-6600" in side view as well:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

98

Basic Training Tutorial

1.15

Frame 29

1.15.1 Basic training steps (16)

Start situation
After the creation of one lower plate and two upper plates, you will add the following
construction parts:

The upper stiffeners HP 220 x 10 between decks "Deck 3500" and "Deck 6200";
The lower stiffeners HP 220 x 10 between the hull and the lower deck "Deck 3500";
The transverse deck beam HP 140 x 8;
A bracket between deck beam and transverse bulkhead "Bulkhead Fr. 29".

Finally you will dimension the decks, the deck beam, the bulkhead and the stiffeners.
Overview of actions:
1
2
3
4

99

Create upper stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL


Modify end types of upper stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
Modify direction of upper stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
Modify length of upper stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Create the upper stiffener at 7250 off CL


Create lower stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
Modify length of lower stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
Create lower stiffener at 6600 off CL
To bring this lower stiffener in line with the bulkhead, shift lower stiffener at 6600 off
CL 10 mm to starboard
Create transverse deck beam at FR29
Create bracket "A 02" between deck beam and transverse bulkhead
Reposition text "Frame 29" above view
Horizontal and vertical dimensions
Profile dimensions

After finishing this view, you will return to the longitudinal section "Long. section 3960 off
cl" to finish that view.
End situation

Additional description of actions:


5.

Create the upper stiffener at 7250 from CL

The creation of one upper stiffener at 7250 from CL is similar to the creation of upper
stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL with the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile
type

Border value

Value

'Body size'
'Thickness'
'From breadth'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation
'Vertical distance'
'1st end shape'

End type
Border value

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

'Angle of edge'
'Nose height'
Limitation

220
10
7250
Towards reversed frame
Towards CL
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate the lower deck
40

60
25
Second limitation
Indicate the upper deck

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

100

Basic Training Tutorial

'Vertical distance'
'2nd end shape'

6.

40

Create lower stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL. For these profiles, you will
use the grid to indicate where the profiles are to be placed.
By pressing the hotkey <2>, you will activate the grid that you assigned when you
created this block. Clicking the grid with the left mouse button will determine the
value for 'From breadth' and clicking the grid with the right mouse button will
determine the value for 'To breadth'. Let's proceed to create the profiles according to
the following properties:

Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile
type

Value

'Body size'
'Thickness'
'From breadth'
'To breadth'

Border value

'Number of items'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation
'Parallel distance'
'1st end shape'

Border value

Limitation
'Vertical distance'
'2nd end shape'

End type

8.

101

'Radius'

220
10
Click the grid with left mouse button at 4620
Click the grid with right mouse button at
5940
3
Towards reversed frame
Towards CL
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate the hull line
40

Second limitation
Indicate the lower deck
40

35

Create lower stiffener at 6600 off CL according to the following properties:

Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile
type

Value

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Border value

'Body size'
'Thickness'
'From breadth'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation
'Parallel distance'
'1st end shape'

End type
Border value

'Angle of edge'
'Nose height'
Limitation
'Vertical distance'
'2nd end shape'

End type

'Radius'

140
8
6600
Towards reversed frame
Towards CL
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate the hull line
40

60
25
Second limitation
Indicate the lower deck
0

35

1.15.2 Create vertical profiles (2)

Before you can make the upper stiffeners, take a look at the second sheet. This sheet
contains the longitudinal sections 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL with details of the
stiffeners on the bulkhead at frame 29.
During the creation process of these stiffeners, you will deliberately make some
mistakes in order to practice the modification of these stiffeners afterwards!
You will create the upper stiffeners HP 220 x 10 at 4620, 5280 and 5940 from CL in one
action.
Select the toolbar icon "Create profile":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

102

Basic Training Tutorial

Select on the toolbar "Insert Profiles" the option icon "Vertical profiles":

You specify the type of profile and it's position by means of panel "Create Vertical
Profile" :

103

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Because you are already familiar with the options within this panel, only the values of
these options will be given here:
The type of profile is "HP" or "Bulb" and therefore the following option icon is selected:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

104

Basic Training Tutorial

The size of the profiles is HP 220 x 10, thus the values for 'Body size' and
'Thickness' are 220 and 10;
The first and last profiles are located at 4620 and 5940 from CL respectively, thus the
values for 'From breadth' and 'To breadth' are 4620 and 5940. Now you can continue
by either entering the step size or specifying the number of items. Of course you can
calculate the step size, but it's easier to fill in the number of items. So enter value 3
for 'Number of items'. The step size will be automatically calculated by the program;
For now accept the presented default values 'From reversed frame' and 'Towards
CL' for the options 'Body direction' and 'Thickness direction'. Later on you will verify
these directions. If they turn out to be wrong, you will use the profile modification
options to correct them;
The type of material of the profiles will be the standard material 'GR-A'.
After clicking the 'Ok' button, you have to specify the length of the profile by defining it's
start and endpoint. It's preferable to start with the lower end.
First you determine the lower end of the profile by means of panel "Border value" :

According to the hint "Indicate 1st relation" you select the lower deck "Deck 3500" by
clicking a fraction above this deck. Although the vertical distance should be 0 mm, you
will leave it at 40 mm. Then you need to select the end shape: the correct one should be
type 'C' but please select 'A' for now.
Secondly you determine the upper end of the profile:

105

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

According to the hint "Indicate 2nd relation" you select the upper deck "Deck 6200" by
clicking a fraction below it. The vertical distance is 40 mm. Please select type 'A' as the
second end shape.
After selecting the second end shape, three profiles of type HP 220 x 10 will be created
at 4620, 5280 and 5940 from CL.

1.15.3 Change direction of profiles in view

Now you will change the direction of the three created upper profiles HP 220 x 10.
You can see that the profiles are displayed as continuous lines, meaning that the profiles
are located on the aft side of the bulkhead. But when you look at the sheet, you will
notice that the profiles are on the front side of the bulkhead, which are illustrated with
dashed lines.
On the toolbar "Modify profiles", which is still sitting on screen, there are two options for
changing the direction of profiles:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

106

Basic Training Tutorial

Change direction of profile in section


Change direction of profile in view

The first option is used for profiles in section, like this one:

The second option is used for profiles in view as illustrated here:

Since the upper profiles are profiles in view, you select the option icon "Direction in View"
on toolbar "Modify profiles":

107

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By means of panel "Profile Selection" you select the profiles using the 'Conflict' selection
method:

You select the three upper profiles, by dragging a selection box from right to left across
the profiles. After selecting these, the profiles will light up for a short time.
The lower part of this panel offers two modification options: 'Body direction' and
'Thickness direction' and the 'Ok' button to carry out the modification(s).
In this case the thickness direction of the profiles is correct since they are pointing to CL,
but the body direction is not. Check 'Body direction' and uncheck 'Thickness direction'
and click the 'Ok' button to change the body direction of the selected profiles.

1.15.4 Change endtype of profiles

As you know the three upper profiles HP 220 x 10 have been created with the following
faults:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

108

Basic Training Tutorial

They have the wrong direction;


At the lower end they are too short;
At the lower end they have the wrong end types.
Now you will modify these profiles by clicking the "Modify Profiles" button on the toolbar
"Insert Profiles", which is still sitting on screen from the previous step:

A second possibility is to select the icon "Profiles" on the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

The toolbar "Modify Profiles" will be presented:

This toolbar contains a lot of modification options. During the tutorial, you will use the
following ones:
Change end type of profile
Change direction of profile in view
Lengthen profile to line
Lengthen profile
Shift profile
Change size/type of profile in view
Turn profile

Let's start with the modification of the end types by selecting option icon "Change end
type profiles":

109

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By means of panel "Profiles Selection" you select the profiles using the 'Clump' selection
method:

With this option, you need to drag a selection box around the lower ends of the profiles
in such a way that the end flags are included within this box. After selecting all three
ends, you click the 'Ok' button.
Now select the correct end type in panel "Change endshapes" :

In this case choose end type 'C':

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

110

Basic Training Tutorial

This end shape contains a small welding hole in the corner. You enter the value 35 for
the radius of this hole with in the presented panel "End type" :

After selecting the 'OK' button, the lower end shapes of the profiles will be modified from
type 'A' into type 'C'.

1.15.5 Lengthening profiles

Regarding the three upper profiles HP 220 x 10, the length of these profiles is still
incorrect. At the lower end, the profiles are 40 mm too short.
On toolbar "Modify Profiles" two options are available for changing the length of profiles:
Trim/Extend
End Relation
The first option "Trim/Extend" changes the length of the profile with a fixed value;
positive for lengthening and negative for shortening, whereas the second option "End
Relation" changes the length of the profile by means of a reference line; by selecting a
reference line, the profile will be extended or reduced to this line.
You will now select the option "End Relation" on toolbar "Modify Profiles" :

111

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By means of panel "Trim-Extend Profiles", you select the profiles using the 'Clump'
selection method:

Because the profiles must be extended at the lower ends, you should drag a selection
box around these lower ends in such a way that the end flags are all included in the box.
After selecting these profiles select the 'Ok' button.
According to the hint "Indicate relation to which should be extended" you select the upper
side of the deck "Deck 3500", and you accept the value 0 for 'Vertical distance' from
this relation in panel "Trim/Extend profiles" :

Select the 'OK' button to extend the upper profiles to the lower deck "Deck 3500".

1.15.6 Trim/Extend profiles

Looking at the lower profiles HP 220 x 10 at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL you will notice

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

112

Basic Training Tutorial

that these profiles are positioned with a 40 mm distance between their upper ends and
the deck, while there should actually not be any distance there. To fix this situation, you
are going to use the modify options once more in order to lengthen the profiles by 40
mm.
Click the "Modify Profiles" icon on toolbar "Insert Profiles", or the icon "Profiles" on
toolbar "Modify 3D" :

Now you will use the option "Trim/Extend" (which changes the length of profiles with a
fixed value) instead of the option "End Relation".
Click on toolbar "Modify Profiles" the option icon "Trim/Extend":

Now you are presented with the panel "Trim/Extend Profiles" as here below:

To select the lower profiles you need to draw a box around the upper ends in such a way
that the end flags are partially included in this box. To extend the selected profiles, you
enter 40 as value for 'Extension' and click the 'Ok' button to lengthen the profiles.
The lower profiles HP 220 x 10 will be extended by 40 mm with the result that they are
now touching the lower deck "Deck 3500".

Note: Specifying a negative value would shorten the profile.

113

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.15.7 Shift profiles

Although at first glance the lower stiffener HP 140 x 8 at 6600 from CL looks correct, it's
position is not in line with the bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600" due to a difference in
thickness direction. The thickness directions of the bulkhead and the stiffener are
defined as "From CL" and "Towards CL" respectively.
You can bring the lower stiffener in line with the bulkhead by moving (shifting) the
stiffener 10 mm to starboard :
Select the 'Change' button from panel "Profiles" or the toolbar icon "Change profiles":

Select from panel "Modify profiles" the option "Shift":

By means of panel "Shift Profiles", you select the profile using the 'Cross hair' selection
method:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

114

Basic Training Tutorial

By checking the option 'Profile on plate', you make sure the profile stays on the same
plane as the plate to which it belongs.
To shift the selected profile 10 mm to starboard, you enter value 10 for 'Breadth' and
select the 'Ok' button, the profile will be shifted 10 mm to the outside.

Note: After shifting the lower stiffener HP 140 x 8, it will keep all it's relations,
meaning that i.e. the distance to the hull line will remain 40 mm, due to the fact that
the stiffener is topological!

1.15.8 Create profiles in view

There is still a transverse deck beam to be created. So far all deck beams have been
created in the top view of the upper deck. This has two reasons:

115

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

It gives you the possibility to create a series of profiles in one move within that
particular view, which saves time.
You should always try to complete a view as much as possible while you are working
on that view, which also saves time in terms of switching drawings.
Now you will create the transverse deck beam in the current frame view by using the
option "Profiles in View" on the "Insert Profiles" toolbar:
Please select from toolbar the option "Profiles":

Now select the first option "Profiles in View" from the toolbar "Insert Profiles" :

According to the hint "Indicate the hull line/plate" you select the upper deck plate. By
means of panel "Create Profile" you specify the type of profile and it's directions:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

116

Basic Training Tutorial

The selected profile size and directions are correct and therefore you can click the 'Ok'
button to accept them. Now you are able to define the first and second relation of the
profile.
Since there are no plates or profiles available around centerline that could be used as a
relation for the first limitation, you need to enter the value 100 for 'Breadth value' in
panel "Border value" to define the first limitation at 100 mm from centreline:

117

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You define the end type for this end by selecting type 'C' as the first end shape:

The welding hole of this end shape has a radius of 35 mm:

Click the 'OK' button in panel "End type" to accept the first limitation.
Now you specify the second relation by indicating the existing upper bulkhead "Bulkhead
Fr. 29" on the left hand side as shown below:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

118

Basic Training Tutorial

The horizontal distance from the bulkhead in panel "Border value" will be 40 mm:

Finally, you define the end type by selecting type 'A' as the second end shape:

Now also the second limitation is determined, resulting in the creation of the transverse
deck beam HP 140 x 8.

Note: The option "Profiles in View" has one restriction: you can only create one
profile at a time!

1.15.9 Create brackets type A

You will now create a standard bracket of type A between deck beam HP 140 x 8 and

119

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

the upper transverse bulkhead "Bulkhead Fr. 29".


Select "Create bracket" from the toolbar:

The system will display panel "Insert Brackets in Plan View", which contains default
bracket types delivered by NCG:

The brackets provided by NCG are as follows:


1. Standard brackets;
2. Brackets 'fit to the situation'.
The "Standard brackets" have fixed dimensions, meaning that the user can only select
the bracket dimensions from predefined lists with standard dimensions. The following
brackets belong to this group:
Bracket type 750
Bracket type 751
Bracket type 752
Bracket type 753
Bracket type 754
Bracket type 755
Bracket type 770

All the other brackets belong to group "Brackets fit to the situation" and have no fixed
dimensions. The user can either accept the presented default dimensions or specify his
own dimensions.
Now you will create the bracket between deck beam HP 140 x 8 and the upper

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

120

Basic Training Tutorial

transverse bulkhead "Bulkhead Fr. 29". In this situation you need to use standard
bracket "A" with overlapping on one side at the deck beam. On the other side the bracket
will touch the bulkhead.
Select bracket type 'A':

As the first hint suggests; "Indicate a part (or profile, to where no overlap)" you indicate
the bulkhead at a position just outside of the plate. Then a second hint "Indicate profile at
position where overlap has to be placed" is displayed. Because the overlap should be
placed at the deck beam, you indicate the deck beam at a position just below it.
The locations of both indication points are illustrated in the figure below:

By indicating the bulkhead and deck beam you are defining the first and second relations
of the bracket. After defining all the relations, you will be presented with the main panel
for the selected bracket type "Bracket type 750" :

121

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

For this bracket type the system automatically calculates the bracket dimensions
according to the profile height. Each standard set of dimensions has a predefined part
number, which is presented as 'Standards'. Please click the 'Ok' button to accept the
settings for "Bracket type 750":
The bracket will be created with "2" for the part number and "YA" for the panel number:

1.15.10 Reposition text

You will reposition the standard text "Frame 29" above the view in order to create
enough space for the placement of dimensions as shown on the drawing.
Before you can actually reposition text "Frame 29", the view needs to be moved down by
using the function "PAN":
Hot key: <Ctrl> or the mouse wheel
Press and hold the key <Ctrl> and move the view by moving the mouse at the same
time to drag the view to the desired location. Press and holding the mouse wheel has the
same effect.
Now that there is sufficient space above the view, you can reposition text "Frame 29" by
using the following method:

Select the text by positioning the cross hair over the text and left click it (or press the
<SPACE> bar): the selected text will be highlighted;
Press the hot key <z> and move the text upwards by using the mouse to drag the

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

122

Basic Training Tutorial

text to the desired position;


Use the toolbar icon "Full screen" to see the whole drawing on screen:

Hot key: <5>

1.15.11 Horizontal / vertical dimensions


1.15.11.1 Horizontal / vertical dimensions

Start situation
Now you will dimension the longitudinal girder, the longitudinal bulkhead, the stiffeners
and the upper and lower bulkhead from centerline using horizontal short dimensions.
The upper and lower deck will be dimensioned using vertical short dimensions.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.

Dimension longitudinal girder, longitudinal bulkhead and stiffeners from CL


Dimension upper and lower bulkhead from CL
Dimension upper and lower deck

End situation

Additional description of actions:


2.

Dimension lower and upper bulkhead from CL

Dimensioning the upper and lower bulkhead from centerline is similar to dimensioning
longitudinal girder, longitudinal bulkhead and stiffeners from centerline.

123

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.15.11.2 Dimension vertical short

You will add vertical short dimensions from the baseline to the lower and upper deck.
Click on the toolbar "Draw", the icon "Text/Dimensions":

Then select the toolbar icon "Short Dimension":

You specify the type of dimension by means of panel "Short Dimension" :

Starting with the upper deck, you select "Deck 6200" near the end and then indicate the
point of placement for the dimension just outside the hull line.
By selecting the lower deck "Deck 3500" you will place the second dimension in line with
the first dimension.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

124

Basic Training Tutorial


1.15.11.3 Dimension horizontal short

You will provide the longitudinal girder, the longitudinal bulkhead and the stiffeners with
horizontal short dimensions from centerline.
Click on the toolbar "Draw", the icon "Text/Dimensions":

Then select the toolbar icon "Short Dimension":

You specify the type of dimension by means of panel "Short Dimension" :

According to the hint "Give item where measure start" you will start with dimensioning the
longitudinal girder by selecting it. The cursor position will snap to the girder and a second
hint "Give place from measure position" is displayed according to which you should
indicate the position where the dimension should be placed; please indicate a position
well above the upper deck. Now the dimension is added to the drawing.
Again the hint "Give item where measure start" is shown. Select the stiffeners and the
longitudinal bulkhead one by one. The placement of these dimensions is based on the
placement you indicated while dimensioning the first item: all dimensions are placed in
line with the first dimension.
When you don't want your next dimension to be placed in line with the first, you can
select the option 'Horizontal' in the "Short Dimension" panel, which enables you to
define a new position for your next dimension.

125

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Note: During dimensioning you can always use the zoom and pan options as well
as hot key <k> for removing the last dimension you have added. The <k> feature
can be used here because it doesn't close off the dimensioning function! The <k>
stands for killing the last command or performed action.

1.15.12 Profile dimensions


1.15.12.1 Profile dimensions

Start situation
To complete the current drawing, you will add the size of the deck beam and the
stiffeners. You will also practice additional profile dimensioning options, like adding
profile symbols to the lower stiffeners and placing profile part number symbols.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Dimension transverse deck beam


Dimension upper stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL in one action
Dimension lower stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL in one action
Dimension lower stiffener at 6600 off CL
Dimension upper stiffener at 7250 off CL
Add profile symbols to lower stiffeners
Place profile part number symbols to all stiffeners

End situation

Additional description of actions:


3.

Dimension lower stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL in one step

Dimensioning lower stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL in one step is similar to

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

126

Basic Training Tutorial

dimensioning upper stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL in one action.

1.15.12.2 Profile size (1)

You will dimension the deck beam HP 140 x 8 by placing a reference with both the sizes
of the deck beam and the part number on this beam.
Select from the toolbar "Draw" the icon "Symbols":

Then select the toolbar icon "Part Labeling":

Now the hint "Select item by Point, place Number/Dimension" appears. This means that
when you click a point near a profile, the dimension and part number of the profile will
appear. However, because in an earlier training step you have switched the display of
part numbers in this block off, you will only see the dimension of the profile appear.
As the hint "Select item by Point, place Number/Dimension" suggests, you select the
beam and the dimension appears with the optional part number symbol.

Note: Using the hotkey <6>, will trigger the 'function dependent option' (FDO for
short) "Turn", which allows you to change the orientation of the dimension. This
way you can determine whether you wish to have your dimension text appear
parallel or perpendicular to the profile.
Now you can drag the dimension to the desired position on the outside of the beam, and
click to see it placed. You can either place the pointing arrow perpendicular to the
dimension line, or you can place it with an angle. See illustration:

127

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The indication point near the profile and two different dimension end points 1 and 2.

The result of the profile dimension placed, after indicating each endpoint seperately.

In both situations the end points are located to the right of the indication point. It works
the same way when you place the end points to the left of the indication point.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

128

Basic Training Tutorial


1.15.12.3 Profile size series

When you take a look at the upper stiffeners HP 220 x 10 on the sheet, you will notice
that the three stiffeners, located at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL, are dimensioned by
using one dimension text. Now you will practice this option by dimensioning a series of
profiles.
Select from the toolbar "Draw" the icon "Symbols":

Let's dimension the upper stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL by selecting toolbar
option "Profile Size Series":

According to the hint "Indicate starting-point of check-line" you indicate the starting point
near the left side of the stiffener at 4620 off CL. Upon the second hint "Indicate end of
check-line" you indicate the starting point near the right side of the stiffener at 5940 off
CL. After indicating both points you can position the dimension text by using the mouse.
The result will be as follows:

Warning: Be aware of the fact that all the profiles to be dimensioned should be of the
same type and size, otherwise it could cause some confusion, for example;
when dimensioning all four lower profiles using this option, the system will
display for profile size HP 220 x 10 for all stiffeners, even though the profile
size of the stiffener at 6600 off CL is HP 140 x 8! Therefore be careful with this
option.

129

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.15.12.4 Profile size (2)

You will dimension the lower stiffener at 6600 off CL by using the "Part Labeling" option.
Select the toolbar icon "Part Labeling":

According to the hint "Select item by Point, place Number/Dimension" you select the
lower stiffener at 6600 off CL, and click the FDO "Turn":

Aside from clicking on this FDO, you can also use hotkey <6>. This will turn the
dimension as shown in the detail below. Now proceed to drag the dimension to the
outside of the hull line, and click to place the profile dimension at the desired position.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

130

Basic Training Tutorial


1.15.12.5 Profile size (3)

Another possibility to dimension a profile is adding the profile dimension text to the
selected profile only. Although this option is not used on the sheet, you will use it to
dimension the upper stiffener HP 220 x 10 at 7250 off CL.
Let's dimension the upper stiffener at 7250 off CL by selecting the toolbar icon "Part
Labeling":

According to the hint "Select item by Point, place Number/Dimension", you press the
hotkey <7> to trigger the FDO "Text":

Select the upper stiffener located at 7250 off CL. By clicking the left-mouse button near
the profile, a dimension without any part number or part number symbol appears, and
then you can move the mouse to place the text in the desired position:

131

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.15.12.6 Profile symbols

Another profile dimensioning option, which also isn't applied on the sheet, offers you the
ability to add a profile symbol to a specific profile. Within this training step you will add
profile symbols to the three lower stiffeners HP 220 x 10 and the remaining lower
stiffener HP 140 x 8.
Select from the toolbar "Draw" the icon "Symbols":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

132

Basic Training Tutorial

Select the toolbar icon "Profile Symbol":

Following the hint "Indicate profile(s) at positions where profile symbols are to be
placed", you indicate the lower stiffeners one by one. Every profile symbol from here on
out will automatically be placed at the same height, because all the stiffeners are
attached to the same plate.
In case of the last stiffener HP 140 x 8, the profile symbol will probably end up too low.
To avoid this, you select from panel "Profile Symbols" the option 'Place symbol at new
height':

This option allows you to specify a new height at which the next profile symbol will be
placed. Now indicate the lower stiffener HP 140 x 8 near it's midpoint to place the profile
symbol.

1.15.12.7 Profile part number symbols

Finally you will add part number symbols to the first three upper and the first three lower
stiffeners.
Part number symbols can be added in two ways:
1.
2.

133

By line selection;
By box selection.

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Let's dimension the three upper stiffeners at 4620, 5280, and 7250 off CL by selecting
the toolbar icon "Part Labeling":

According to the hint "Select item by Point, place Number/Dimension", you press the
hotkey <7> twice in order to toggle to the FDO "Number":

Now you have the ability to choose your selection method:


1. Press the hotkey <8> to activate the FDO "Line selection". This option enables
you to draw a straight line across one or more profiles. The part number symbol(s)
will be placed alongside of this reference line.
2. When you press hotkey <8> for a second time, the FDO "Box selection" is
activated. When you now 'clump' the profiles by dragging a box around them, all
part number symbols will appear at the midpoint location of the stiffeners.

Note: You can only place one part number symbol per profile using these options.

1.16

Long. section 3960 off CL

1.16.1 Basic training steps (17)

Start situation
You will return to side view "108-3960" to finish the upper part of this view by adding the
following construction parts:

The longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 3960";


The stiffener HP 200 x 9 at FR30;
The longitudinal girder with a flange of 150 mm;
A bracket between the flange of the longitudinal girder and the bulkhead "Bulkhead
Fr. 29".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

134

Basic Training Tutorial

Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Open drawing side view "108-3960"


Choose "Update active block"
Create upper plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" with thickness 10 mm
Create stiffener at FR30
Dimension stiffener at FR30
Place thickness text on plate "Long. bulkhead 3960"
Create longitudinal girder with a flange of 150 mm
Create bracket between the flange of the girder and the bulkhead "Bulkhead Fr. 29"

End situation

Additional description of actions:


1.

Open drawing side view "108-3960"

Opening drawing side view "108-3960" is similar to opening drawing top view "108-6200"
, but you should indicate the green line at 3960 off CL, representing the longitudinal
bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 3960", within the current frame view "108-29".
3.

Create upper plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" with thickness 10 mm

The creation of upper plate "Long bulkhead 3960" with thickness 10 mm is similar to the
creation of plate "Deck 6200" with the following plate boundaries:
Option

Value

'Max. Length'

Indicate the upper deck


Indicate the bulkhead at FR29
Indicate the lower deck
31

4.

Create stiffener at FR30

The creation of the vertical stiffener HP 200 x 9 is similar to the creation of transverse
deck beam at FR28 with the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile
type

Value

'Body size'
'Thickness'

135

200
9

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Border value

'From frame'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation
'Vertical distance'
'1st end shape'

Border value

Limitation
'Vertical distance'
'2nd end shape'

5.

30
From CL
From reversed frame
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate the lower deck
40

Second limitation
Indicate the upper deck
180

Dimension stiffener at FR30

The dimensioning of stiffener HP 200 x 9 is done in a similar way as the dimensioning of


the transverse deck beam HP 140 x 8 located at frame 29.
6.

Place thickness text on plate "Long. bulkhead 3960"

The placement of thickness text on plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" is similar to the
placement of thickness text on the three lower plates of this view.
8.

Create bracket between the flange of the girder and bulkhead "Bulkhead Fr. 29"

The creation of the bracket between the flange of the girder and the bulkhead "Bulkhead
Fr. 29" is similar to the creation of the bracket between deck beam and transverse
bulkhead within frame view "Frame 29" with the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Brackets

Selected bracket
type

Bracket type 752

Value

'Standards'

Indicate the bulkhead as first construction


part
Indicate the flange as second construction
part
23

Note: Because the indicated construction parts are not profiles, the system can not
automatically determine a standard bracket with the correct dimensions from the

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

136

Basic Training Tutorial

table of available standard dimensions. Thus you need to select for 'Standards'
the appropriate standard bracket '23'. You can also alter the presented
dimensions if you wish to, by checking the option 'free' and changing the values for
'Enter width of bracket', 'Enter height of bracket', 'Enter hole radius' and 'Enter
thickness of bracket' within panel "Bracket type 752".
By clicking the 'OK' button, the bracket will be created.

1.16.2 Flanged girder


1.16.2.1 Create flanged girder

Now you will create the longitudinal girder with a flange of 150 mm, which is called a
"flanged girder".
A flanged girder and a T-girder (meaning a plate with a face plate) are not available as
standard construction items within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull. If you want to create a
flanged girder or T-girder, you first need to create a plate and then add a flange or face
plate to that plate, depending on the situation.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Create longitudinal girder "Long. bulkhead 3960" with thickness 8 mm


Create cutouts around deck beams
Add flange of 150 mm to longitudinal girder "Long. bulkhead 3960"
Dimension the flange
Add the height of the longitudinal girder "Long. bulkhead 3960"
Code plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" to examine that the longitudinal girder and the
flange are added together and have become one part

Additional description of actions:


4.

Dimension the flange

The dimensioning of the flange with a body size of 150 mm is done in a similar way as
the dimensioning of the transverse deck beam HP 140 x 8 located at frame 29.

137

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.16.2.2 Create plates (5)

You will create plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" with thickness 8 mm.
During the creation of this plate, the upper left corner hole will be defined in the contour
of the plate. The dimensions in the upper left corner are presented in the figure below:

Let's create the plate by selecting the toolbar icon "Plates", followed by the icon "Plates
in View":

After selecting this function, you enter the values for 'Thickness' and 'Thickness
direction' in panel "Plates in View" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

138

Basic Training Tutorial

The plate has a thickness of 8 mm and the thickness direction is 'from CL'. Click the 'Ok'
button and specify the plate boundaries by means of panel "Define a plate contour":

The boundaries of the plate will be defined as follows:


Start with the transverse bulkhead at FR29 as the forward boundary of the plate,

139

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

which can be defined by indicating this bulkhead;


Add the corner hole with radius 50 mm to this forward boundary by entering the value
50 for the radius for 'Cutout';
The next boundary is the upper deck "Deck 6200", which can be defined by indicating
the deck just underneath the deck line;
Due to the height of the cutout of 50 mm and the corner radius of 40 mm, the start of
the cutout will be defined by a minimum length with a distance of 140 mm from frame
22: select 'Min. Length' and enter value 22+140 in the entry box;
Add the corner radius of 40 mm to the previous boundary. In this case the corner
radius is specified by selecting option 'Radius of curvature' and entering the value
40 for the radius in the entry box:

The next boundary is determined by the cutout's specified height of 50 mm. You could
type a value for 'Max. Height', but it's much better to enter a parallel distance of 50
mm from the deck. By using a parallel distance from the deck, this plate boundary will
always be kept related to the deck. This is achieved by first indicating just below the
deck and then entering behind option 'Parallel' the corresponding value of 50 in the
entry box:

The next boundary is the aft boundary of the plate defined by the minimum length.
Select the 'Min. Length' button and enter value 22+9 in the entry box. The value "+9"
is the thickness of the attached bulkhead that has been taken into account;
The last boundary is the lower boundary of the plate. Also in this case it's better to
enter a parallel distance from the upper deck instead of entering a value for 'Min.
Height'. Thus first indicate the upper deck again and afterwards enter behind option
'Parallel' the value of 400 for the parallel distance in the entry box.
To become a preview of the created plate you select the 'Preview' button. You can not
only visually check the plate contour, but you can also check the defined relations by
clicking the 'Show overview' button. The plate relations will appear within panel
"Relations overview" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

140

Basic Training Tutorial

Finally you click the 'Ok' button to create plate "Long. bulkhead 3960".

1.16.2.3 Create cutouts type 100

You will make the cutouts around the deck beams.


Select the toolbar icon "Cutouts":

After selecting this icon, the panel "Insert Cutouts" is displayed with a couple of cutout
types:

In this situation you can use the first cutout type:

By means of panel "Select the cutout" you select one or more profiles using the 'Clump'
selection method:

141

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

To create cutouts, you have to drag a selection box around all the deck beams.
After clicking the 'Ok' button, the system will create a cutout for each selected deck
beam.

1.16.2.4 Create flanges (1)

You will add a flange of 150 mm to the already created plate "Long. bulkhead 3960".
To create a face plate or a flange, you select the toolbar icon "Flanges":

According to the hint "Indicate the side of the plate where the flange/face plate should be
placed" you indicate a point just below the lower boundary of plate "Long. bulkhead
3960". Now some arrows appear in the upper left corner of the plate. Those arrows
indicate the contour direction of the plate.
Now you should first define the size of the flange and the direction by means of the
following panel:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

142

Basic Training Tutorial

In this case the body size is 150 mm and the body direction will be from CL. You specify
the start and endpoint of the flange in a similar way as for normal profiles.
According to the hint "Indicate a construction for the start point", you start with
determining the start point of the flange, taking into account the contour direction of the
plate to which the flange will be attached. Due to the visible contour direction arrows, it's
clear that the start point will be located at the aft end of the plate. When you select the
aft end, the text "Starting_point" at the indication point will be presented. Now you specify
the distance from the starting point by entering a value for 'Distance'. Finally you have to
define the end shape for the indicated starting point. From the three presented end
shapes for flanges, you select type "B" with a variable angle and nose height:

You enter the values for angle and nose height within panel "End type" :

143

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Please accept the default values by clicking the 'Ok' button.


Now you determine the end point of the flange as hint "Indicate a construction for the
end point" suggests. According to the contour direction arrows, the end point is located
at the front end of the plate. Please indicate the end point and the text "Ending point" will
be presented.

The end shape with it's properties will be the same as the end shape for the starting
point. You select end shape type "B" and accept the default values for 'Angle of edge'

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

144

Basic Training Tutorial

and 'Nose height' within panel "End type". By selecting the 'Ok' button, you have also
determined the end point of the flange.
Now both ends of the flange are defined, the flange will be created and added to the
longitudinal girder.

1.16.2.5 Chain measure

In order to show the distance between the flange of the longitudinal girder "Long.
bulkhead 3960" and the upper deck "Deck 6200", you will place a vertical dimension.
Click on the toolbar "Draw", the icon "Text/Dimensions":

Then select the toolbar icon "Chain Dimension":

You specify the type of dimension by means of panel "Chain Dimension" :

145

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The system is asking you by displaying the hint "Indicate first item" to indicate a point
where the measurement starts. In this case that can be either the lower side of the upper
deck "Deck 6200", or the upper side of the flange.
Please start by indicating the upper side of the flange. Following the second hint
"Indicate second item" you indicate the opposite side, meaning the lower side of the
upper deck. By dragging the dimension line to a desired position you determine the
location where the dimension should be placed.

1.16.2.6 Code plate (3)

By coding plate "Long. bulkhead 3960" you will notice that the longitudinal girder and the
flange are added together and have become one part.
To code this plate you select the toolbar icon "CAM", followed by the icon "Code One
Part":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

146

Basic Training Tutorial

According to the hint "Select the part to be coded", you indicate plate "Long. bulkhead
3960". Because the procedure is similar to coding plate "Deck 6200", only the end result
of the coding process will be shown here.
The coded part is displayed below:

1.17

Deck 6200 above base

1.17.1 Basic training steps (18)

Start situation
You will return to the upper deck "Deck 6200 above base" to add the missing deck
beams HP 140 x 8 at frame 30, which now can be related to the longitudinal bulkhead
"Long. bulkhead 3960".
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

147

Open drawing top view "108-6200"


Choose "Update active block"
Create outer transverse deck beam at FR30
Create brackets in section
Take a look at the longitudinal girder you have created at 3960 from CL: you will only
see the plate of the girder and not the flange!
Make the flange visible by increasing the "face plate view distance"
Make the brackets visible in green by increasing the "distance behind view"
Make the brackets more clear to see by activating the background lines
Create inner transverse deck beam at FR30 by copying the transverse deck beam at

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

FR29 and shifting it to FR30


End situation

Additional description of actions:


3.

Create outer transverse deck beam at FR30

The outer transverse deck beam at FR30 is created with the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile
type

Border value

Value

'Body size'
'Thickness'
'From frame'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation

'Vertical distance'
'1st end shape'
Border value

Limitation

'Vertical distance'
'2nd end shape'

140
8
30
Towards base
From reversed frame
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate the longitudinal bulkhead at 6600
from CL 1
40

Second limitation
Indicate the longitudinal bulkhead at 3960
from CL
40

: Because the seam will be ignored, you can indicate the seam in order to select the
longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

148

Basic Training Tutorial

1.17.2 Create brackets in section (1)

Now you will create the brackets underneath "Deck 6200 above base" located at the
intersection between "Longitudinal Bulkhead 6600 from CL" and frames 23 through 28
and 30 in one action. Open toolbar "Insert Brackets in Section" by clicking the icon
"Brackets in Section":

Select bracket type 'A' and proceed to draw a selection box around the end flags of the
profiles on FR23 until FR28, and FR30 and confirm your selection by clicking 'Ok' in the
panel "Select profile(s)".

You will see each end flag light up momentarily, followed by the panel "Bracket type 750"
. The settings have already been filled in automatically in accordance with the size of the
deck beam each bracket will be placed at. Click 'Ok' to place the brackets.
Notice how the bracket at FR28 is bigger than the others. This due to the larger size of
the deck beam at FR28 in comparison to the remaining deck beams. Also notice how the
brackets all have the colour white. This indicates that the brackets are not within visibility
range, and will therefore also not appear on a potential plotted drawing of this view. How
to change this will be explained in the next few training steps.

149

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.17.3 Set visibility 'Face plate view distance'

Looking at the longitudinal girder you have created at 3960 from CL, you will only see the
plate of the girder and not it's flange. The flange is positioned 400 mm below the deck
level of 6200. In this case the visibility distance is not set far enough down. By increasing
the visibility distance, you will make the flange visible within the current top view
"108-6200".
Let's increase the visibility distance by selecting the toolbar icon "Drawing Properties":

After selecting this icon, the panel "Drawing Properties" appears:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

150

Basic Training Tutorial

Select button 'Visibility' to access the visibility settings, presented within panel
"Visibility" :

151

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You need to change the face plate view distance from the default value 100 into at least
400.
Please enter the value 410 for 'Face plate view distance'. By clicking the 'OK' button on
panel "Drawing Properties", the flange will become visible.

1.17.4 Set visibility 'Distance behind view'

As mentioned earlier, the brackets all have the colour white, meaning they are not within
visibility range. The reason that they are still shown inspite of being out of range, is to

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

152

Basic Training Tutorial

alert you that they are there, but you may not want them to appear on a potential plot
because they are not actually placed up against the deck itself like the deck beams are.
However, in case you do want them to appear on a plot, you can make them visible by
increasing the visibility distance like you have done for the flange of the longitudinal
girder at 3960 from CL.
Let's increase the visibility distance by selecting the toolbar icon "Drawing Properties":

After selecting this icon the panel "Drawing Properties" appears again:

153

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Select button 'Visibility' to access the visibility settings, presented within panel
"Visibility" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

154

Basic Training Tutorial

In this case you need to modify the distance behind view from the default value 50 into at
least 140.
Please enter the value 140 for 'Distance behind view'. By clicking the 'OK' button on
panel "Drawing Properties", the brackets will have a green line colour added, indicating
that they are now within view distance and therefore will appear on a plot of the top view
too.
Notice how the bracket at FR28 is still shown in white. This because the profile that the
bracket is attached to, is larger than 140 mm and therefore the bracket falls outside of
the visibility range:

155

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Notice how the drawing box in the Hull Viewer does not intersect with the bracket at
FR28.

1.17.5 Background lines (1)

You can make the brackets easier to see by displaying the background lines.
Go to the menubar and open "View" -> "Plate Presentation" -> "Show Background lines"
Accept the default option 'All Plates' on panel "Plate Presentation" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

156

Basic Training Tutorial

By default all of the plates in section are displayed as two green colored lines. These
lines are merely lines representing the plates in section. They are the lines that will be
seen on a potential plot. Their position is calculated depending on the scale of the
drawing.
Activating the background lines will display the plates in section in light purple, while the
border lines of the plates in view are displayed in red. This functionality is not only
applied for plates but also for brackets, flanges and shell frames.
In this case activating background lines will display the brackets in section as shown in
the figure below:

Notice how the bracket at FR28 is not shown, due to the size of profile that the bracket is
attached to, exceeding the specified visibility range.
You can deactivate the background lines by closing the window or using the hot key <
Esc>.

157

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.17.6 Copy items with shift (1)

You will create the inner transverse deck beam at FR30 by copying the existing
transverse deck beam at FR29 and shifting it to FR30.
Select the toolbar icon "Copy 3D-Items":

By means of panel "Copy 3D-Items", you select the inner transverse deck beam at
FR29:

Because the selected deck beam must be shifted one frame, you click the button 'Shift'
and specify the properties for shifting within panel "Copy 3D-Items" at the tab 'Shift':

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

158

Basic Training Tutorial

The deck beam will be shifted in length over one frame, therefore you enter the value 1
for 'Length', which stands for "1FR". Since only one copy will be made, you don't have to
enter a value for the options 'Amount' and 'Step'. By clicking the 'OK' button, the copy
command will be executed. The result will be the creation of a new deck beam HP 140 x
8 at frame 30 with the same properties as the existing deck beam located at frame 29.
See Manual 'Detailed Function Descriptions' for a complete description of these copy
and move functions.

1.18

Frame 23

1.18.1 Basic training steps (19)

Start situation

159

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You will switch to frame view "Frame 23" and add the dimension to the standard bracket
"A 02". Then you will proceed to create the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 23" between the hull and
the lower deck "Deck 3500".
After creating this floor, you will add the following construction parts:

The lower stiffeners ST 100 x 10 between the hull and lower deck "Deck 3500";
The holes with diameter 450 mm.

Because the same kind of floor must be created at frame 24, you will copy this floor to
frame 24, including stiffeners and holes. Although this floor misses two small welding
holes near the seams, you will first copy the floor and then create the small holes.
The main reason for this is that the small holes are not topological, meaning that they
are not related to the seams they are placed at. Copying the floor including the welding
holes will therefore result in an incorrect position the holes at frame 24, because the
contour of the hull differs at each frame.

Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Open drawing frame view "108-23"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 23" above view
Dimension transverse deck beam
Dimension bracket
Check if a plate already exists at the location of the floor by activating background
lines: no plate exists
7. Create lower plate "Bulkhead Fr. 23" with thickness 9 mm
8. Create lower stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
9. Create holes with diameter 450 mm
10. Copy floor "Bulkhead Fr. 23" to frame 24
11. Create welding holes with radius 35 mm

End situation

Additional description of actions:


4.

Dimension transverse deck beam

The dimensioning of the transverse deck beam HP 140 x 8 is done in a similar way as
the dimensioning of the transverse deck beam HP 140 x 8 located at frame 29.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

160

Basic Training Tutorial

7.

Create lower plate "Bulkhead Fr. 23" with thickness 9 mm

Option

'Cutout'
'Cutout'
'Cutout'

8.

Value

Indicate the lower deck


50
Indicate the longitudinal bulkhead 3960
100
Indicate the hull line
75

Create lower stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL

Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile
type

Border value

Value

'Body size'
'Thickness'
'From breadth'
'To breadth'
'Number of items'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation
'Parallel distance'
'1st end shape'

End type
Border value

'Angle of edge'
'Nose height'
Limitation
'Vertical distance'
'2nd end shape'

End type

9.

161

'Angle of edge'
'Nose height'

100
10
4620
5940
3
From reversed frame
Towards CL
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate the hull line
25

60
25
Second limitation
Indicate the lower deck
25

60
25

Create holes with diameter 450 mm

Name of panel

Option

Value

Create holes

'From breadth'
'From height'

( 3960 + 4620 ) / 2
3100

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Hole types

'Step size'
'Number of items'
Selected hole type

660
2

'Diameter'

450

10. Copy floor "Bulkhead Fr. 23" to frame 24


Name of panel

Option

Value

Copy items

'Selection method'
'Selection treatment'

Cross hair
Select
Select the floor by indicating a point near
the hull line
'Include attributes'
Click button 'Shift'

Copy items
Copy items

Tab; 'Shift'->'Shift
actions'
'Length'
'Amount'
'Step'

1
1
1

By clicking the 'OK' button, the floor will be copied to frame view "Frame 24".

1.18.2 Text (2)

First create additional space above the view by shifting it a little bit down using the "PAN"
option:
Hot key: <Ctrl>
Now there is enough space above the view to place the standard text by selecting the
"Text" button on the toolbar "Dimensions" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

162

Basic Training Tutorial

After selecting this icon, the current control icon will be automatically positioned at the
position of the last used standard text at frame view "Frame 29". For 'Position' the
option "Last placed" is already selected. Every standard text will appear at the exact
same position for each frame.

Select as standard text "Frame 23". You will see that the text is automatically placed in
the same spot as the standard text you placed at frame view "Frame 29".
Please use the toolbar icon "Full screen" to have the drawing presented in full screen:

Hot key: <5>

163

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.18.3 Profile size (4)

You will add the dimension to the standard bracket "A 02" between deck beam HP 140 x
8 and longitudinal bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600".
Select from the toolbar "Draw" the icon "Symbols":

Let's dimension the bracket by selecting the toolbar icon "Part Labeling":

Now the hint "Select item by Point, place Number/Dimension" appears.


As the hint suggests "Select item", you select the concerning bracket by either using the
left-mouse button or the <SPACE> bar, which can also be used to select items instead
of the left-mouse button.
Now the dimension of the bracket appears together with the part symbol, depending on
whether or not you have the part symbol switched on.
Indicate a position where the dimension should be placed by dragging the dimension to
the desired position with the mouse. Use hotkey <6> to give the dimension the desired
angle.

1.18.4 Background lines (2)

Before you create the lower plate "Bulkhead Fr. 23" between the hull and the lower deck
"Deck 3500", it's important to check if there is already a plate present within the current
frame view "Frame 23". Please notice that sometimes NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull users

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

164

Basic Training Tutorial

create two plates on top of each other. You can avoid such situations by checking on the
existence of plates before creating new plates!

Go to the menubar and open "View" -> "Plate Presentation" -> "Show Background
lines"
Select second option 'all plates in plan view' on panel "Actual position":

Now only plates and profiles in plan view will be displayed, plates in section will not be
displayed.
In this case the graphical screen will remain empty at the location where the floor is
going to be placed, which will assure you that no floor exists at frame view "Frame 23"
yet:

165

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.18.5 Create holes at seam symbols

You will create two welding holes with a radius of 35 mm around the seams in the hull.
These welding holes will be added to floor "Bulkhead Fr. 23".
Let's create these welding holes by selecting the toolbar icon "Draining/Corner Holes":

Select on the toolbar "Insert Draining/Corner Holes" the option icon "Hole at Seam":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

166

Basic Training Tutorial

By means of panel "Weld Hole Selection Menu", you select, according to the hint "Select
welding symbols", the welding symbols by using the 'Clump' selection method:

After selection of the welding symbols, you have to determine the type of welding hole on
panel "Welding holes":

This panel contains three welding hole types:


Welding hole type 310
Welding hole type 312
Welding hole type
348
In this case you select welding hole type "348" and enter in panel "Hole types" for
'Radius' the value 35.

Select the 'OK' button to create the two welding holes around the seams.

167

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.19

Frame 24

1.19.1 Basic training steps (20)

Start situation
You will switch to frame view "Frame 24" to complete the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 24"
between the hull and the lower deck "Deck 3500".
This floor has been copied from frame 23 with it's three stiffeners ST 100 x 10 and two
holes with diameter 450 mm. You will make the following necessary modifications to this
floor:

Change the position of the holes with diameter 450 mm from 3100 into 3000 mm
above base;
Change the left lower corner radius from 100 into 75 mm, which is how the plate
contour was defined;
Add two welding holes with radius 35 mm and one welding hole with radius 75 mm.

Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Open drawing frame view "108-24"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 24" above view using current control
Change left lower corner radius from 100 to 75 mm
Change position of holes with diameter 450 mm from 3100 to 3000 mm above base

6.
7.
8.

Create two welding holes with radius 35 mm and one welding hole with radius 75
mm
Copy floor 24 to 25 without attributes and see the preview in the Hull Viewer
Copy the attributes on floor 24 to floor 25 and see the preview in the Hull Viewer

End situation

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

168

Basic Training Tutorial

Additional description of actions:


3.

Place standard text "Frame 24" above view

Placing standard text "Frame 24" above view is similar to placing standard text "Frame
23" above view, but now you select as standard text "Frame 24".
5.

Change position of holes with diameter 450 mm from 3100 to 3000 mm above base

The position of the holes with diameter 450 mm can be changed by shifting them -100
mm in height. Shifting these holes is similar to shifting the aft most hole from Deck 6200,
but now you select on panel "Hole selection menu" the option 'Shift in height' and enter
the value -100. Instead of using that value, you can also use the absolute value for the
height by selecting the 'Abs' option and entering the absolute height.
6.

Create two welding holes with radius 35 mm and one welding hole with radius 75
mm

The creation of two welding holes with radius 35 mm and one welding hole with radius 75
mm is similar to the creation of welding holes within frame view "Frame 23".
7.

Copy floor 24 to 25 without attributes and see the preview in the Hull Viewer

Name of panel

Option

Value

Copy items

'Selection method'
'Selection treatment'

Cross hair
Select
Select the floor by indicating a point near
the hull line
Uncheck 'Include attributes'
Click button 'Shift'

Copy items
Copy items

Tab; 'Shift'->'Shift
actions'
'Length'
'Amount'
'Step'

1
1
1

By selecting the 'OK' button, the floor will be copied to frame view "Frame 25".
8.

169

Copy the attributes on floor 24 to floor 25 and see the preview in the Hull Viewer

Name of panel

Option

Value

Copy items

'Selection method'
'Selection treatment'

Conflict
Select
Drag the selection box across the holes
and the stiffeners in one action

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Copy items
Copy items

'Include attributes'
Select button 'Shift'
Tab; 'Shift'->'Shift
actions'
'Length'
'Amount'
'Step'

1
1
1

By selecting the 'OK' button, the attributes on floor 24 will be copied onto the floor at
frame view "Frame 25".

1.19.2 Change plates (2)

The plate "Bulkhead Fr. 24" between the hull and the lower deck "Deck 3500" contains at
the lower left corner a corner hole with a radius of 100 mm. This corner hole is part of the
plate contour. You will change the radius of this corner hole into 75 mm by modifying the
plate.
Select on the "Modify 3D" toolbar the icon "Plates":

Select "Change Plate Relations" on toolbar "Modify Plates" :

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select the
floor. After selecting the floor, the system will display the panel "Relations overview" with
the current plate boundaries, as well as the panel "Modify a plate contour" with the plate
contour definitions.
According to the hint "Indicate relation to be changed" you indicate the lower left corner
on the graphical screen. The relation will be highlighted within the "Relations overview"
panel:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

170

Basic Training Tutorial

The selected relation properties are available within panel "Modify a plate contour" :

You change the radius of the corner hole by changing value "100" into 75 for 'Cutout':

171

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By clicking the 'OK' button, the radius of the corner hole will be changed from 100 into
75 mm.

1.20

Frame 25

1.20.1 Basic training steps (21)

Start situation

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

172

Basic Training Tutorial

You will switch to frame view "Frame 25" to complete the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 25"
between the hull and the lower deck "Deck 3500".
You will make the following modifications to this floor:

Create the third hole with diameter 450 mm;


Change the type and size of the inner two holes;

This floor also contains an additional stiffener of type flat bar 100 x 10, placed below the
bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600". The best way to proceed is to copy one of the existing
stiffeners to the new position below the bulkhead and modify the type and size of the
remaining stiffeners afterwards:

Create stiffener ST 100 x 10 below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600";


Change end type of this stiffener ST 100 x 10 from type "B" into type "C" with a
radius of 25 mm;
Lengthen this stiffener ST 100 x 10 with 25 mm, because the upper end of this
stiffener has to touch the lower deck;

You will copy the modified floor to frame 26 and 27. After copying this floor, you will
create two welding holes with radius 35 mm and one welding hole with radius 75 mm.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Open drawing frame view "108-25"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 25" above view using current control
Create the third hole with diameter 450 mm
Modify the type and size of the inner two holes
Create stiffener below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600"
Modify end type of stiffener below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600"
Modify length of stiffener below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600"
Copy floor "Bulkhead Fr. 25" to frame 26 and 27
Create two welding holes with radius 35 mm and one welding hole with radius 75
mm

End situation

Additional description of actions:


4.

Create the third hole with diameter 450 mm

The third hole with diameter 450 mm can be created by copying the second hole.

173

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial


Name of panel

Option

Value

Copy items

'Selection method'
'Selection treatment'

Cross hair
Select
Select hole at 4950 from CL
'Include attributes'
Click button 'Shift'

Copy items
Copy items

Tab; 'Shift'->'Shift
actions'
'Width'

660

By clicking the 'OK' button, the copy command will be executed. The result will be the
creation of a new hole with diameter 450 mm located at 5610 from CL.
6.

Create stiffener below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600"

You will create the stiffener below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600" by copying the
existing stiffener at 5940 off CL. Proceed to activate the grid using hotkey <2>. When
you specify the width, you will move from B9 to B10 so you specify for grid value 1B.2
You will also need to take into account the fact that the longitudinal bulkhead 6600 from
CL has it's thickness direction pointing outwards, as opposed to the stiffeners which have
their thickness direction pointing towards centerline. In order to align the to be created
stiffener with the bulkhead, the stiffener needs to be placed 10 mm further outwards.
Name of panel

Option

Value

Copy items

'Selection method'
'Selection treatment'

Cross hair
Select
Select stiffener at 5940 off CL
'Include attributes'
Click button 'Shift'

Copy items
Copy items

Tab; 'Shift'->'Shift
actions
'Width'

1B+10

By clicking the 'OK' button, the copy command will be executed. The result will be the
creation of a new stiffener ST 100 x 10 below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600".
7.

Modify end type of stiffener below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600"

You will modify the upper end type of the stiffener ST 100 x 10 below bulkhead "Long.
bulkhead 6600" from type "B" into type "C" with a radius of 25 mm. The modification of
this end type is similar to the modification of end types, belonging to the upper stiffeners
at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL within frame view "Frame 29" with the following
properties:
Name of panel

Option

Value

Profile selections

'Selection method'

Clump

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

174

Basic Training Tutorial

'Selection
treatment'

Select
Drag a selection box around the upper end
of the profile

Change end
shapes

'1st and 2nd end


shape'

End type

'Radius'

8.

25

Modify length of stiffener below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600"

In this case the upper end of the stiffener below bulkhead "Long. bulkhead 6600" has to
touch the lower deck "Deck 3500". To achieve this, you must lengthen this stiffener with
25 mm. You can follow the same procedure as you have done for lengthening the lower
stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL within frame view "Frame 29".
9.

Copy floor "Bulkhead Fr. 25" to frame 26 and 27

You will create the floors at frame 26 and 27 by copying the modified floor "Bulkhead Fr.
25" from frame 25.
Name of panel

Option

Value

Copy items

'Selection method'
'Selection treatment'

Cross hair
Select
Select the floor
'Include attributes'
Click button 'Shift'

Copy items
Copy items

Tab; 'Shift'->'Shift
actions'
'Length'
'Amount'
'Step'

1
2
1

By clicking the 'OK' button, the floor will be copied to frame views "Frame 26" and
"Frame 27".

1.20.2 Change type/size of holes

The floor at frame 25 contains three holes of type "manhole" with a diameter of 450 mm.

175

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The two inner holes need to be changed into holes of type "creep hole" with height 600
mm and breadth 450 mm.
Now you will modify the type and size of these two inner holes by clicking "Holes" on the
"Modify 3D" toolbar:

Select "Size/Type" on the "Modify Holes" toolbar:

According to the hint "Select a hole" you select the two inner holes:

After selecting these holes, you click the 'OK' button after which you will be presented
with the panel "Create holes" to select which type of hole you wish to use:

In this case the holes must be changed from type "manhole" into type "creep hole":

After selecting this hole type, you enter the measurement values by means of panel
"Hole types":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

176

Basic Training Tutorial

By clicking the 'OK' button, the two holes will be modified.

1.21

Frame 26

1.21.1 Basic training steps (22)

Start situation
You will switch to frame view "Frame 26" to modify the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 26" between
the hull and the lower deck "Deck 3500". The modifications to be made here are:

Remove all holes;


Change the thickness of this floor from 9 into 12 mm;
Remove all corner holes of this floor to make it watertight.

Now when you take a close look at the sheet, you will see that the size and type of the
first three stiffeners will need to be changed from flat bar 100 x 10 into HP 120 x 8:

Modify the size and type of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL from ST 100 x
10 into HP 120 x 8;
Modify the end type of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL from type "B" into
type "A".

Finally you will place both the free text "W.T." and the thickness text onto this floor.
Overview of actions:

177

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Open drawing frame view "108-26"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 26" above view using current control
Remove all holes
Place thickness text on floor "Bulkhead Fr. 26"
Change thickness of floor "Bulkhead Fr. 26" from 9 into 12 mm
Remove all corner holes of floor "Bulkhead Fr. 26" to make it watertight
Modify size and type of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
Modify end type of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
Place free text "W.T. " on floor "Bulkhead Fr. 26"

End situation

Additional description of actions:


6.

Change thickness of floor "Bulkhead Fr. 26" from 9 into 12 mm

Changing the thickness of floor "Bulkhead Fr. 26" is done in the same way as changing
the thickness of "Long. bulkhead 3960".
9.

Modify end type of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL

You will modify the upper end types of the stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL from
the current type "B" into type "A".
Name of panel

Option

Value

Profile selections

'Selection method'
'Selection
treatment'

Clump
Select
Drag a selection box around the upper end
of the profiles

Change end
shapes

'1st and 2nd end


shape'

Now you will modify the lower end types of the stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
from the current type "B" into type "J". This type will allow the profile end shape to run
parallel with the hull in longitudinal direction.
Name of panel

Option

Value

Profile selections

'Selection method'
'Selection
treatment'

Clump
Select
Drag a selection box around the lower end
of the profiles

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

178

Basic Training Tutorial

Change end
shapes

'1st and 2nd end


shape'

1.21.2 Change plates (3)

Because the plate "Bulkhead Fr. 26" between the hull and the lower deck "Deck 3500"
must be watertight, you will remove all three corner holes. These corner holes are part of
the plate contour, therefore you will use the plate modification options again.
Select on the "Modify 3D" toolbar the icon "Plates":

Select "Change Plate Relations" on toolbar "Modify Plates" :

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select plate
"Bulkhead Fr. 26". After selection, the system will display panel "Relations overview" with
the current plate boundaries:

This panel shows you that the selected plate "Bulkhead Fr. 26" consists of three plate
boundaries and that each plate relation contains a corner hole. As you have seen before,
you can change the plate relation properties by means of panel "Modify a plate contour" :

179

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Now you will remove the existing corner holes one at a time. According to the hint
"Indicate relation to be changed" you indicate the upper left corner hole. The relation will
be highlighted in panel "Relations overview", and you remove the current value for the
corner radius "50" for 'Cutout'.
After changing the plate relation, you can preview the result by clicking the 'Preview'
button. The plate will be recalculated and the first relation will be updated in panel
"Relations overview" :

As you can see, the upper left corner hole has indeed been removed. Before pressing
the 'OK' button to accept your modification, it's better to remove the other two existing
corner holes first.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

180

Basic Training Tutorial

For the removal of the remaining two corner holes, you will use an alternative, faster
method:
According to the hint "Indicate relation to be changed" you indicate the lower left corner
hole. Please remove the current value "75" for the cutout radius within panel "Modify a
plate contour". After deleting this value, you indicate the last upper right corner hole and
remove the value "75" for the cutout radius for this relation as well.
After removing all corner holes, you click the 'OK' button to finalize your modifications of
plate "Bulkhead Fr. 26".

1.21.3 Change type/size of profiles in view

You have to change the type and size of the existing stiffeners ST 100 x 10, located at
4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL, into HP 120 x 8 by using the profile modification options.
Let's modify the type and size of these profiles by selecting on the "Modify 3D" toolbar
the icon "Profiles":

Select "Size/type in View" on the "Modify Profiles" toolbar:

By means of panel "Profile Selection" you select the profiles using the 'Conflict' selection
method:

181

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You drag a selection box around the profiles in such a way that each profile is at least
partially included in the box:

Click the 'Ok' button to continue:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

182

Basic Training Tutorial

Select the following options within the panel "Change profile type" :
The type of profile is "HP" or "Bulb" and therefore you need to select the following
option:

The size of the profile is 120 x 8, meaning that the value for 'Body size' will be 120
and the value for 'Thickness' will be 8.
After clicking the 'Ok' button, the profiles will be changed into HP 120 x 8.

1.21.4 Text (3)

After the needed modifications on floor "Bulkhead Fr. 26", you will place the text "W.T."
to indicate that this floor is watertight. To add this user defined text, you will use a new
text option known as "free text".

183

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

To place free text you select the function "Text" on toolbar "Dimensions" :

After selecting this icon the panel "Text" appears. Click on the tab 'Free' to view the
options for free text:

Here you can go ahead and enter the text " W.T.". Because this text must be underlined,
you should also activate the button for 'Underlined' text. Please click the 'OK' button to
continue. The entered text will now appear in the graphical screen. When the option
'Position' is set to "Interactive", you can drag the selected text to the desired position
by means of the mouse and place it there with a single left-click.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

184

Basic Training Tutorial

1.22

Frame 27

1.22.1 Basic training steps (23)

Start situation
You will switch to frame view "Frame 27" to modify the floor between the hull and the
lower deck "Deck 3500". You will make the following modifications to this floor:

Change the position of all holes from 3000 into 2800 mm above base;
Change the type and size of the outmost hole from type "manhole" with diameter
450 mm into type "creep hole" with height 600 mm and breadth 450 mm;
Change the upper right corner radius from 75 to 100 mm;
Add three welding holes with radius 35 mm around the seams in the hull;
Change the radius of the inner welding hole from 35 to 75 mm.

When you have completed these modifications, you will copy the floor to frame 28 and
frame 30. Please remind that welding holes are not topological and therefore the best
procedure is to copy the floor first and then create the welding holes.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Open drawing frame view "108-27"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 27" above view using current control
Change position of all holes from 3000 to 2800 mm above base
Modify the type and size of the outmost hole into creep hole 600/450 mm
Change upper right corner radius from 75 to 100 mm
Copy floor to frame 28 and frame 30
Create three welding holes with radius 35 mm
Change radius of inner welding hole from 35 to 75 mm

End situation

185

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Additional description of actions:


7.

Copy floor to frame 28 and frame 30

You will create the floors at frame 28 and 30 by copying the modified floor "Bulkhead Fr.
27" from frame 27.
Name of panel

Option

Value

Copy items

'Selection method'
'Selection treatment'

Cross hair
Select
Indicate the floor
'Include attributes'
Click button 'Shift'

Copy items
Copy items

Tab; 'Shift'->'Shift
actions'
'Length'
'Amount'
'Step'

1
2
2

By clicking the 'OK' button, the floor will be copied to frame views "Frame 28" and
"Frame 30".

1.22.2 Change size user-holes

The floor between the hull and the lower deck "Deck 3500" contains three welding holes
with a radius of 35 mm. But according to the sheet, the radius of the inner welding hole
has to be changed from 35 into 75 mm.
Let's change the radius of the inner welding hole by selecting "Draining/Corner Holes"
from the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

The toolbar "Modify Draining/Corner Holes" will be displayed:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

186

Basic Training Tutorial

This toolbar contains three modification options for corner holes:


Size User-Holes
Size Air Holes
Shift

In this case the radius of the inner welding hole must be changed by selecting option
icon "Size User-Holes":

By means of panel "Corner Hole Selection Menu", you select, according to the hint
"Select a corner hole", the inner welding hole by using the 'Clump' selection method:

After selecting the inner welding hole, you click the 'OK' button and you will be presented
with the panel "Corner holes" to determine the type of corner hole:

Please select "type 348":

187

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You enter the new corner hole radius by means of panel "Hole types" :

Click the 'OK' button and the radius of the inner welding hole will be changed into 75
mm.

1.23

Frame 28

1.23.1 Basic training steps (24)

Start situation
You will switch to frame view "Frame 28" to finish the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 28" and to
create a vertical pillar and some brackets.
You will perform the following modifications on floor "Bulkhead Fr. 28":

Add three welding holes with radius 35 mm around the seams in the hull;
Change the radius of the inner welding hole from 35 into 75 mm.

After modification of floor "Bulkhead Fr. 28", you will add the following construction parts:

A bracket of type A between deck beam HP 200 x 9 and longitudinal bulkhead


"Long. bulkhead 6600";
A vertical pillar 150 x 10 mm at 1900 from CL;
Double plates 200 x 10 mm on top and below the pillar;
Two brackets of type D between pillar 150 x 10 mm and deck beam HP 200 x 9;
A bracket of type D between pillar 150 x 10 mm and deck "Deck 2750".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

188

Basic Training Tutorial

Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Open drawing frame view "108-28"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 28" above view using current control
Create three welding holes with radius 35 mm
Change radius of inner welding hole from 35 to 75 mm
Shorten stiffener at 4620 off CL by changing the end relation to 100 mm from hull
line
7. Create vertical pillar 150 x 10 mm at 1900 from CL
8. Add centerline to pillar
9. Create double plates 200 x 10 mm on top and below the pillar
10. Dimension pillar 150 x 10 mm
11. Create brackets "D 21" between pillar and deck beam
12. Create bracket "D 21" between pillar and deck "Deck 2750"
End situation

Additional description of actions:


11. Create brackets "D 21" between pillar and deck beam
Name of panel

Option

Brackets

Selected bracket
type

Bracket type 752

Value

'Standards'

Indicate the pillar as first construction part


Indicate the deck beam as second
construction part
21

By pressing the 'Ok' button, the bracket will be created including part number "21" and
panel number "YA".

Note: During the creation of a bracket between a pillar and another construction
part, it is important that you first select the pillar and secondly the other
construction part! This way you will make sure that the bracket is always aligned
with the center of the pillar.

189

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.23.2 Create pillars (1)

In order to support the upper deck "Deck 6200", you will add a pillar between the deck
"Deck 2750" and the upper deck beam HP 200 x 9. This pillar is positioned at 1900 mm
from CL.
You can create pillars by selecting the toolbar icon "Pillars" from the toolbar "Insert" :

Proceed by clicking the icon "Vertical Pillars":

Now you specify the type of pillar and it's position by means of panel "Create Vertical
Pillar" in a similar way as you have already done for profiles:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

190

Basic Training Tutorial

The selected options with the appropriate values are:


The type of pillar is "Pipe" and therefore the following option icon is selected:

191

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The size of the pillar is 150 x 10 mm, so the values for 'Diameter' and 'Wall
thickness' are 150 and 10;
The pillar is located at 1900 from CL, therefore the value for 'From breadth' is 1900;
Since 'Body direction' and 'Thickness direction' do not apply to this type of pillars you
accept the default settings;
The type of material of the pillar will be the default standard material "GR-A".
After clicking the 'Ok' button, you have to specify the length of the pillar by defining it's
start and endpoint.
You define the lower end of the pillar by means of panel "Border value" :

According to the hint "Indicate 1st relation", you select the deck "Deck 2750", by
indicating a point slightly above this deck. Taking into consideration the existence of a
foundation plate with a thickness of 10mm, the vertical distance should be 10 mm. You
define the end shape at this position by selecting type 'A' as the first one:

Now you define the upper end of the pillar by means of panel "Border value" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

192

Basic Training Tutorial

According to the hint "Indicate 2nd relation" you select the upper deck beam HP 200 x 9
by indicating a point below this deck beam. Although the vertical distance should be 10
mm, you will leave it 0 mm. The reason will be explained later on. Please select type 'A'
for the second end shape to continue.
After selecting the second end shape, the pillar with dimensions 150 x 10 mm will be
created at 1900 from CL.

1.23.3 Create pillars centerline

According to the sheet, you will add a centerline to the created pillar 150 x 10 mm
within frame view "Frame 28".
To add a centerline to the pillar, select "Draw" -> "Pillar CL" from the menubar. Next
you select the pillar 150 x 10 mm within panel "Select" :

193

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By clicking the 'Ok' button, the centerline will be added to the pillar.

1.23.4 Create double round plating

Now you need to create the little plates with dimensions 170 x 10 mm on top of and
underneath the pillar 150 x 10 mm. These plates are known as double plates.
To create double plates, you select the toolbar icon "Foundations" from the toolbar
"Insert" :

Proceed by clicking the icon "Rounded Double Plates":

You will then be presented with the following panel:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

194

Basic Training Tutorial

Start with selecting the upper end of the pillar by clicking the 'Select' button within panel
"Round Double Plating" and the following panel will appear:

Select the upper end of pillar 150 x 10 mm by using the 'Clump' selection method.
Click the 'Ok' button to get back to the panel "Round Double Plating" in order to specify
the properties of the selected foundation type:

195

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The selected options with the appropriate values are:


The size of the double plate is 170 x 10 mm, the values for 'Diameter' and
'Thickness' are 170 and 10 which are set automatically;
The type of material of the double plate will be the default standard material "GR-A";
The pillar needs to be shortened at the upper end, due to the specified vertical
distance of 10 mm there, by making sure the option 'Shorten pillar' is checked (this
should already be set by default);
The double plate must be given a name by entering an arbitrary name for 'Name', for
instance A.
By selecting the 'Ok' button, the specified upper double plate will be created and the
pillar will be shortened.
After creating the upper plate, you will create the lower one in a similar way. Be aware of
the fact that the pillar does not need to be shortened at the lower end. Therefore you
need to uncheck option 'Shorten pillar' within panel "Round Double Plating". You can
enter A for 'Name' again.
After creating both double plates, you can take a close look at one of them, for instance
the one at the upper end.
Please zoom in on this double plate by using hot key <1>.
See also: Basic Training Tutorial -> Create foundation

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

196

Basic Training Tutorial

1.23.5 Profile size (5)

Now you will dimension the pillar 150 x 10 mm. You can use for pillars the same
dimensioning functions as for normal profiles.
Select from the toolbar "Draw" the icon "Symbols":

Let's dimension the bracket by selecting the toolbar icon "Part Labeling":

Now the hint "Select item by Point, place Number/Dimension" appears.


As the hint suggests "Select item", you select the pillar 150 x 10 mm and proceed to
indicate the point where you want the dimension to be placed.

197

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Now you can drag the dimension to the desired position with the mouse. Use hotkey <6>
to give the dimension the desired angle.

1.24

Frame 30

1.24.1 Basic training steps (25)

Start situation
The floor "Bulkhead Fr. 30" has been created by copying the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 27".

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

198

Basic Training Tutorial

According to the sheet, you have to make the following modifications to floor "Bulkhead
Fr. 30":

Change the upper end types of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL from type B
into type C with a corner radius of 35 mm;
Change the upper end relation of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL to 0 mm;
Modify the body direction of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL;
Add three welding holes with radius 35 mm around the seams;
Change the radius of the inner welding hole from 35 into 75 mm;
Change the size of the three creep holes from height 600 mm and breadth 450 mm
into 850 mm and 450 mm.

Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Open drawing frame view "108-30"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 30" above view using current control
Change the upper end types of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL from type B
into type C
Modify the upper end relation of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
Modify the body direction of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL
Add three welding holes with radius 35 mm
Change the radius of the inner welding hole from 35 into 75 mm
Modify the size of the three creep holes from 600/450 to 850/450 mm

End situation

Additional description of actions:


4.

Change the upper end types of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL from type B
into type C

The modification of end types is similar to the modification of end types of upper
stiffeners at frame 29
6.

Modify the body direction of stiffeners at 4620, 5280 and 5940 off CL

Modifying the direction of stiffeners is similar to modifying the direction of upper stiffeners
at frame 29

199

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.25

Long. section 4620 off CL

1.25.1 Basic training steps (26)

Start situation
You will create a new side view "Long. section 4620 off CL", save it and add the following
construction parts to this view:
A bracket of type 763 between upper stiffener HP 220 x 10 and deck beam HP 140
x 8 at frame 30;
Two brackets of type 762 between stiffener HP 120 x 8 and floor "Bulkhead Fr. 25"
at frame 25;
A bracket of type 762 between lower stiffener HP 220 x 10 and floor "Bulkhead Fr.
30" at frame 30.
The two brackets also appear within the next two side views "Long. section 5280 off CL"
and "Long. section 5940 off CL". Because the best procedure is to copy first these two
brackets and afterwards create the side views, you will copy the upper and lower bracket
within this training step. During the next two training steps you will create the side views
"Long. section 5280 off CL" and "Long. section 5940 off CL".
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Create new side view "Long. section 4620 off CL"


Save drawing side view "108-4620"
Place standard text "Long. section 4620 off C.L. SB" above view
Save the drawing again by using the 'Save as...' function
Rename the additional drawing
Remove the additional drawing
Create upper bracket "763" between stiffener HP 220 x 10 and deck beam HP 140 x
8 at frame 30
8. Create lower bracket "762" between stiffener HP 220 x 10 and floor at frame 30
9. Change location of dimension belonging to the lower bracket
10. Create upper and lower bracket "762" between stiffener HP 120 x 8 and floor at
frame 25
11. Change location of dimensions belonging to upper and lower brackets
12. Copy the upper and lower brackets to the positions 5280 off CL and 5940 off CL
End situation

Additional description of actions:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

200

Basic Training Tutorial

3.

Place standard text "Long. section 4620 off C.L. SB" above view

After the panel has appeared, for 'Postition' the value "Last placed" is selected by
default. However due to the length limitations of this view being different from the
present side views, the alignment of the text will not be perfect.
Please proceed by changing the value for 'Position' into "Interactive".

4.

Save the drawing again by using the 'Save as...' function

Choose "File" -> "Save as..." and in the panel that appears type "test" for 'File name:'
and press the 'Save' button.

6.

Remove the additional drawing

While still having the "Save Drawing As" panel active, select the drawing you just
renamed and press hotkey <Del> to delete the drawing. Confirm and close the panel by
clicking .

10.
Create upper and lower bracket "762" between stiffener HP 120 x 8 and floor at
frame 25
Creating upper and lower bracket "762" between stiffener HP 120 x 8 and floor at frame
25 is similar to creating lower bracket "762" between stiffener HP 220 x 10 and floor at
frame 30.
11. Change location of dimensions belonging to upper and lower brackets
Changing the location of the upper and lower bracket dimensions is similar to changing
the location of the lower bracket dimension.
12. Copy the upper and lower brackets to the positions 5280 off CL and 5940 off CL
Copying the brackets from the current side view to positions 5280 and 5940 off CL is
similar to copying the transverse deck beam at FR29 to FR30 with the following
properties (make use of the grid for this action):
Name of panel

Option

Value

Copy items

'Selection method'
'Selection
treatment'

Cross hair
Select
Select all four brackets
'Include attributes'

201

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Copy items
Copy items

Click button 'Shift'


Tab; 'Shift'->'Shift
actions'
'Width'
'Amount'
'Step'

1b
2
1b

By clicking the 'OK' button, the brackets will be copied to the specified positions.

1.25.2 Create side view (2)

You will create a new side view "Long. section 4620 off CL".
Please select "Create View" from the toolbar to create the new side view:

The following toolbar is displayed:

This panel contains four different view types:


Top views
Side views
Cross views
Perpendicular views

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

202

Basic Training Tutorial

A new view can be created:


1.
2.
3.

From an empty graphical screen;


When there already is a view on the graphical screen with a different view type from
the one which is to be created;
Using option DRW ?

Ad 2: If you try to create a new view of the same type you currently have at the screen,
the panel "Extra Hull Lines" will be shown:

With this panel no new view can be created, but you can add additional hull lines to your
current view.
Let's create the new side view "Long. section 4620 off CL" by selecting the option "Side
View":

Now you will be presented with the panel "Side View " :

203

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The new side view is located at 4620 from CL with a value of 4620 for 'Breadth'. You
need to check the other default values: with exception of the value for 'Min. Length', all
values are correct. The value for option 'Min. Length' must be changed from "21.5" into
24.5.
At this moment you will not make more side views and therefore you select the 'Create'
button to finish the creation of side views. One side view will be created and displayed in
the graphical screen.
Recommendation:

Save drawing immediately after creation!

1.25.3 Save drawing

You will save the created side view "Long. block 4620 off CL".
To save a drawing you have to select the toolbar icon "Save Drawing":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

204

Basic Training Tutorial

After selecting this icon, the panel "Save Drawing As" is displayed which enables you to
enter a drawing name and a description:

The drawing name is made up of two obligatory and two optional parts.
The two obligatory parts are automatically filled in by the system and are as follows:
'Drawing Gr': indicates the block that the view belongs to;
'Plane': indicates the position of the drawing plane which in this case is the breadth
value "4620";
The optional parts are 'File name' and 'Description' and are used to provide the view with
some additional information by the user. Usually you can ignore them and directly move
on to the 'Save' button to save the drawing with the default name.

205

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.25.4 Rename drawing

You will rename the additional side view "108-4620-test" to "108-4620-new".


To rename a drawing you must either go to the "Open Drawing" panel, or the "Save
Drawing As" panel. For this exercise you will open the "Save Drawing As" panel again.
Then select the additional drawing and while it is highlighted, click it for a second time to
edit the file name.

Note: Instead of clicking the highlighted drawing, you can also press hotkey <F2>
to edit the file name.

Replace "test" with "new" and press <Enter> to confirm the change. Please do not
close the panel yet.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

206

Basic Training Tutorial

1.25.5 Create brackets type 763

You will make a connection between the upper stiffener HP 220 x 10 in plan view and the
deck beam HP 140 x 8 in cross section, located at frame 30. For this connection you will
use a bracket of type 763, which can be fitted between a profile in plan view and a profile
or plate in section.
Select the toolbar icon "Brackets in Plan View":

Select from panel "Insert Brackets in Plan View" the bracket type 763:

According to the first hint "Indicate profile at position where overlap has to be placed"
you indicate the upper stiffener HP 220 x 10. Based on the second hint, "Indicate profile
in section, where bracket stops", you indicate the deck beam HP 140 x 8 at frame 30.
The location of both indication points is illustrated in the figure below:

After defining the bracket relations, the panel "Bracket type 763" appears:

207

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

According to the sheet, the values for 'Enter height of bracket' and 'Enter thickness of
bracket' must be changed into 250 and 9. The default value "140" for 'Enter the nose
length of the bracket' is based on the corresponding profile height of the deck beam.
Since this bracket doesn't have a flange and will be made of standard material, you
select the 'Ok' button to continue.
Now you have to choose the type of corner hole and overlap by means of panel "Corner
hole type / Overlap type" :

This panel contains two corner hole types and two overlap types:
Corner hole type
radius
Corner hole type snipe

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

208

Basic Training Tutorial

Overlap type parallel


Overlap type slanted

Please click the 'Ok' button to accept the default selection of "Radius" and overlap type
"Parallel".
The upper bracket will be created with part number "0" and panel number "YA".

1.25.6 Create brackets type 762

You will make a connection between the lower stiffener HP 220 x 10 in plan view and the
floor in cross section at frame 30. For this connection you will use a bracket of type 762,
which can be fitted between a profile in plan view and a profile or plate in section, and
which allows the user to specify a gap between this profile or plate in section and the
nose of the bracket itself.
Select the toolbar icon "Brackets in Plan View":

Select from panel "Insert Brackets in Plan View" the bracket type 762:

209

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

According to the first hint "Indicate profile at position where overlap has to be placed"
you indicate the lower stiffener HP 220 x 10. Following the second hint "Indicate profile /
plate in section, where bracket stops", you indicate the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 30" at frame
30. After defining the bracket relations, the panel "Bracket type 762" appears:

According to the sheet, the value for 'Enter height of bracket' must be changed into 350
. The presented default value 10 for 'Enter thickness of bracket' is correct. Please
accept the presented default values for all other options within this panel by clicking the
'Ok' button.
Now you have to select an overlap type by means of panel "Overlap type" :

Please select overlap type "Parallel" :

The lower bracket will be created.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

210

Basic Training Tutorial

1.25.7 Change location of bracket dimension

The position of the lower bracket dimension is not desirable and therefore it should be
moved to a better position.
Select from the toolbar "Draw" the icon "Symbols":

Then select the toolbar icon "Part Labeling":

Now the hint "Select item by Point, place Number/Dimension" appears. Select the
bracket by indicating a point outside of it and now you can drag the dimension to a new
position and then proceed to confirm by using the mouse.
You can use hotkey <6> again to turn the dimension text 90 until you have it in the
desired position.

1.26

Long. section 5280 off CL

1.26.1 Basic training steps (27)

Start situation
You will create a new side view "Long. section 5280 off CL", save it and have a look at
the created upper and lower bracket.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.

211

Create new side view "Long. section 5280 off CL"


Add new part number to lower bracket "762"
Save drawing side view "108-5280"

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation

Additional description of actions:


3.

Save drawing side view "108-5280"

Saving drawing side view "108-5280" is similar to saving drawing side view "108-4620".

1.26.2 Create side view (3)

You will create a new side view "Long. section 5280 off CL".
If the view to be created has the same area as the current view on the graphical screen,
then you can use the function "Drawing Properties" from the toolbar in order to create
the concerning view.
In the current situation the new side view "Long. section 5280 off CL" will have the same
area as the current view "Long. section 4620 off CL" and therefore the alternative
method for creating views will be used.
Let's create the new view "Long. section 5280 off CL" by selecting "Drawing Properties"
from the toolbar:

After selecting this icon the panel "108-4620" is displayed:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

212

Basic Training Tutorial

You only have to type in the new value 5280 for 'Breadth' and click the 'OK' button.
The new side view will be created and displayed in the graphical screen. The standard
text is modified automatically into "Long. section 5280 off C.L. SB". Because dimensions
are not topological, you need to manually move the dimensions of the bottom brackets to
the correct position by selecting them and using the 'Interactive Move' function by
pressing the hotkey <Z>.

213

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

It may happen that the dimensions also lose their relations to the brackets and then the
following panel pops up, to tell you that these dimensions and/or part numbers have
incorrect references:

These can be removed by clicking the button 'Remove all'. When clicking 'Remove all
references', the dimension itself will not be removed, but it will have no reference to any
construction anymore.
Please click 'Remove all' to remove the incorrect dimensions completely. Now you can
place new dimensions to replace the ones that lost their references.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

214

Basic Training Tutorial

1.27

Long. section 5940 off CL

1.27.1 Basic training steps (28)

Start situation
You will create a new side view "Long. section 5940 off CL", save it and have a look at
the created upper and lower bracket.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.

Create new side view "Long. section 5940 off CL"


Add new part number to lower brackets "762"
Save drawing side view "108-5940"

End situation

Additional description of actions:


1.

Create new side view "Long. section 5940 off CL"

The creation of side view "Long. section 5940 off CL" is similar to the creation of side
view "Long. section 5280 off CL".
3.

Save drawing side view "108-5940"

Saving drawing side view "108-5280" is similar to saving drawing side view "108-4620".

1.27.2 Create side view (4)

215

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You will create a new side view "Long. section 7250 off CL SB" as an extra exercise.
Select the icon "Drawing Properties" from the toolbar:

Type in the new value 7250 for 'Breadth' and click the 'OK' button.
The "Incorrect elements" panel may pop up again:

Please click 'Remove all' to remove the incorrect dimensions completely.


Because this is an extra exercise, the drawing does not have to be saved for future use.
You will switch to frame view "Frame 23" by clicking the toolbar icon "Open Drawing" on
the standard toolbar:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

216

Basic Training Tutorial

After you have chosen the drawing you wish to open, the following panel appears:

This panel prompts you to save the drawing "Long. section 7250 off CL SB". Because
you do not wish to save this drawing, you will click 'Cancel'.
The drawing is not saved and drawing "Frame 23" is opened.

1.28

Frame 23

1.28.1 Basic training steps (29)

Start situation

217

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You will work in frame view "Frame 23" to finish the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 23"
between the lower deck "Deck 3500" and the upper deck "Deck 6200".
You will add the following construction parts to this upper plate:
The upper stiffener HP 120 x 8 between the hull and upper deck "Deck 6200";
One standard hole with dimensions 1200 / 450 mm.
The same upper plate with hole and stiffener should also be created at frame 24.
Therefore you will copy the upper plate plus the hole and stiffener from frame 23 to
frame 24. After copying these, you will add the welding holes with radius 35 mm to the
upper plate.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Open drawing frame view "108-23"


Choose "Update active block"
Create plate with and corner holes
Create the upper stiffener at 7400 off CL
Create standard hole with dimensions 1200/450 mm
Copy plate with stiffener and hole to frame 24 and 25
Create welding holes with radius 35 mm

End situation

Additional description of actions:


3.

Create plate with and corner holes

Create the plate with 9 mm thickness. Start with indicating the deck 3500 above base to
define the minimum height and specify a cutout of radius 75 mm. For the next relation,
specify a cutout radius of 50 mm. Because all the remaining relations need to have the
same cutout added, you can use the right mouse button to indicate those relations. The
system will remember the value of 50 mm you specified and will carry it over to the next
relation. This way you won't have to type it in each time.
4.

Create the upper stiffener at 7400 off CL

The upper stiffener HP 120 x 8 at 7400 off CL will be created with the following
properties:
Name of panel

Option

Create profile

Selected profile type

Value

'Body size'

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

120

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

218

Basic Training Tutorial

Border value

'Thickness'
'From breadth'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'Type of material'
Limitation
'Parallel distance'
'1st end shape'

End type
Border value

'Angle of edge'
'Nose height'
Limitation
'Vertical distance'
'2nd end shape'

End type

5.

'Angle of edge'

8
7400
From reversed frame
Towards CL
GR-A
First limitation
Indicate the hull line
40

60
25
Second limitation
Indicate the upper deck
40

60
25

Create standard hole with dimensions 1200/450 mm

The hole with dimensions 1200/450 mm will be made with the following properties:
Name of panel

Option

Value

Create holes

'From breadth'
'From height'
Selected hole type

7100
5250

Hole types

'Height'
'Width'

1200
450

1.28.2 Copy items with shift (3)

You will copy plate "Bulkhead Fr. 23" along with it's attributes, meaning the hole and

219

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

stiffener, to frame 24 and 25.


Select the toolbar icon "Copy 3D-Items":

Now you select the plate to be copied by means of panel "Copy 3D-Items" :

Select the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 23" with the 'Cross hair' selection method. Make
sure the option 'Include attributes' is selected.
Please click 'Shift' to continue. Next you will be presented with the following panel to
specify the distance over which the copy action should take place:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

220

Basic Training Tutorial

Please enter the value 1 for 'Length', which "1FR" stands for, then enter 1 for 'Step' and
specify 2 for 'Amount'. If you wish, you can get a preview of the result by using the
'Preview' button. Please select the 'OK' button to complete the action.

1.29

Frame 24-30

1.29.1 Basic training steps (30)

Start situation
You will switch to frame view "Frame 24" to make sure that the attributes of the upper
plate "Bulkhead Fr. 23" are indeed available. To finish the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 24"

221

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

you will add the welding holes with radius 35 mm.


Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Open drawing frame view "108-24"


Choose "Update active block" and you will notice that the plate and it's attributes are
there
Create two welding holes with radius 35 mm
Open drawing frame view "108-25"
Modify the size of the current hole of the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 25" from
1200/450 mm into 800/450 mm and shift it 250 mm in height
Copy this hole -1200 mm in height and -100 mm in breadth
Copy the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 25" and all it's attributes to the frames 26 and 27
Create two welding holes with radius 35 mm

End situation
9. Open drawing frame view "108-26"
10. Create extended cutout for upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 26"
11. Create a welding hole with radius 35 mm
End situation
12. Open drawing frame view "108-27"
13. Shift the hole of the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 27" at height 4300, 100 mm in
breadth
14. Copy the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 27" and all it's attributes to the frames 28 and 30
15. Create extended cutout for upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 27"
16. Create a welding hole with radius 35 mm
End situation
17. Open drawing frame view "108-28"
18. Create a welding hole with radius 35 mm
End situation
19. Open drawing frame view "108-30"
20. Create a welding hole with radius 35 mm
21. Shorten the profile HP120x8 of the upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 30" at the lower end to
the Deck 3500 with a distance of 40 mm

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

222

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation

1.29.2 Change plates (4)

Due to the fact that at Frame 26, the corner hole and the hole at the seam are getting
too close to each other, you are going to create one extended hole to meet the same
purpose. This extended hole will need to be added to the plate contour, which is what
you are going to do in this step.
Before you begin, there are a few values you need to obtain. You will be needing these
values when creating the actual cutout. These values are:
The height of the soon to be created cutout at Frame 26
The angle of the hull line at Frame 26
When you zoom in on, and then select, the concerning seam, you will notice that the
seam symbol has a node point which intersects with the hull line. You can use this point
as the center point of a temporary circle. This temporary circle will help to determine the
height of the cutout.
Lets create a circle by activating the "Draw" toolbar:

Click the "Circles" icon to open the "Circles" toolbar, followed by clicking the "Centre,
Radius" icon:

Now proceed to snap to the node point of the seam symbol by using hotkey <n>. Enter
for the radius of the circle the value 50. Exit the circle function by means of the <Esc>
key, and place the current control at the upper intersection point between the circle and
the hull line by means of the hotkey <i>.
Now, when you look at the current control coordinates, you see that the displayed
minimum height is approximately 3650. You will need this value later on.

223

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

For the relation perpendicular to the hull line, you will need to find out the angle of the
hull line by retrieving information about it.
Let's retrieve the angle of the hull line by selecting the toolbar icon "Information":

Now select the option "Line/Arc Information" on the "Information" toolbar:

According to the hint "Indicate a line" you select the hull line at the point where it
intersects with the circle you have drawn. Now the system displays the panel "Line
Information" :

As you can see, the angle of the hull line is 59.364, which can be rounded off to 59.
Now we have enough information to start editing the plate to create the cutout. Select on
the "Modify 3D" toolbar the icon "Plates":

Select "Change Plate Relations" on toolbar "Modify Plates" :

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select plate
"Bulkhead Fr. 26". After selection, the system will display panel "Relations overview" with

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

224

Basic Training Tutorial

the current plate boundaries:

Taking into account that plate relations are always counterclockwise, you will need to
add the new relations pertaining to the cutout that you're about to create, in between
relations 1 and 3. You do this by means of panel "Modify a plate contour" :

Select relation 1 and remember to remove the value '75' that is still defined for the
cutout. Now click the button 'Start adding' to begin adding the cutout to the plate.

The first relation of the cutout runs parallel to the hull line. Select the hull line by

225

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

indicating a point on the left-hand side of it and directly after, enter the value 50 for
'Parallel' in the panel "Modify a plate contour" ;
Now add the corner radius of 50 mm to this relation by selecting option 'Radius of
curvature' and entering the value 50 in the entry box;
When you follow the contour of the circle, which represents the path of the cutout, you
see that where the arc you just defined starts, the line bends off and lands exactly
perpendicular to the hull line. In order to establish this for the cutout, you need to
select 'Angle to' and define the angle of the hull line minus 90. Enter 59-90 in the
entry box and press <Enter> to confirm the angle;
The last boundary of the modification is defined by the minimum height. Select the
'Min. Height' button and enter value 3650 in the entry box.

Note: The value for the angle must always be confirmed by pressing the
<ENTER> key.
Now you have defined all the necessary relations to create the cutout, and you need to
click the button 'Stop adding'.
Before you pressed 'Start Adding', you indicated the relation that contained the cutout
you removed. Taking into account the counter-clockwise rule, this is the relation where
you started your modification. Now you have to indicate the relation whereat the
modification ends as well.
Indicating these two relations before you start your modification and when you end it, is
necessary to determine where on the plate the modification takes place. Therefore these
are always existing relations of the plate. In this situation you select the hull line.
Please click the 'Preview' button to see a preview of the modified plate. The updated
plate relations appear within panel "Relations overview":

Please click the 'Ok' button to finalize your modification, and see the cutout appear in the
plate.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

226

Basic Training Tutorial

1.30

Deck 6200 above base

1.30.1 Basic training steps (31)

Start situation
You will switch to the upper deck "Deck 6200" to create the cutout in deck plate "Deck
6200".
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Open drawing top view "108-6200"


Choose "Update active block"
Create the cutout in deck plate "Deck 6200"
Create a platform, which will be integrated in the existing deck plate "Deck 6200"
Remove the platform by using option Undo Plate Modification

End situation

1.30.2 Change plates (5)

You will create the cutout in deck plate "Deck 6200" by modifying the contour of this deck
plate. The dimensions of the cutout are presented in the figure below:

227

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Please select "Plates" on the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

Select "Change Plate Relations" on the toolbar "Modify Plates" :

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select plate
"Deck 6200". Next, the system displays a list of all the relations of the selected plate in
the panel called "Relations overview" and you are also presented with the panel "Modify
a plate contour".
Now you have to indicate the relation which needs to be changed. Taking into account
the rule that you should always work in a counterclockwise direction, you select the
upper relation of the plate, located at a parallel distance of 100 mm from the centerline.
This relation will be highlighted in panel "Relations overview" :

The selected relation properties are available within panel "Modify a plate contour" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

228

Basic Training Tutorial

You will create the cutout in deck plate "Deck 6200" by making modifications starting at
the selected relation. Therefore you click the button 'Start adding' to begin adding your
modifications, and taking into account the following rules:
When modifying plate boundaries, you must work in a counterclockwise
direction as well;
The first relation of your modification must always intersect with the
selected plate relation.

The first relation of the modification is defined by the minimum length. You could type
a value for 'Min. Length', but in this case in the panel "Modify a plate contour", you
select the deck beam at frame 28 by indicating a point on the left-hand side of the
deck beam and entering the value 50 for 'Parallel' which stands for the parallel
distance;
Add the corner radius of 100 mm to the selected relation by selecting option 'Radius
of curvature' and entering the value 100 in the entry box;

229

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The last relation of the modification is defined by the minimum breadth. Click the 'Min.
Breadth' button and enter value 1300 in the entry box:

After defining all the relations of the cutout, you click the button 'Stop adding'. Next you
have to indicate the relation where your modification ends. Please notice that this is
always an existing relation of the plate.
In this situation you select the aft relation of the plate, located at 100 mm in front of
frame 22.
Please click the 'Preview' button to get a preview of the modified deck plate. The
updated plate relations will appear within panel "Relations overview" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

230

Basic Training Tutorial

Please click the 'Ok' button to finalize the modifications of the deck plate "Deck 6200".

1.30.3 Change plates (6)

For some extra exercises, you will make a small platform which will be an integrated part
of the deck plate "Deck 6200", by modifying the contour of the deck plate. The
dimensions of this platform are shown in the figure below:

Please select "Plates" on the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

Select "Change Plate Relations" on the toolbar "Modify Plates" :

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select plate
"Deck 6200". Next, the system displays a list of all the relations of the selected plate in
the panel called "Relations overview" and you are also presented with the panel "Modify

231

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

a plate contour".
You select the upper relation of the plate, located at a parallel distance of 1300 mm from
centerline. This relation will be highlighted in panel "Relations overview" :

The selected relation properties are available within panel "Modify a plate contour" :

Please add the first corner radius of 75 mm to the selected plate relation by selecting
'Radius of curvature' in the panel "Modify a plate contour" and entering the value 75
for it. Next you click 'Start adding' to add the new relations:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

232

Basic Training Tutorial

The first to add, is defined by the maximum length. Click the 'Max. Length' button
and enter value 26+20 in the entry box;
The second relation is defined by the minimum breadth. Click the 'Min. Breadth'
button and enter value 450 in the entry box;
The third relation is defined by the minimum length. Click the 'Min. Length' button
and enter value 25-20 in the entry box;
Add the corner radius of 75 mm to the current relation by selecting 'Radius of
curvature' and entering the value 75 for the radius in the entry box.
After defining all relations of the platform, you click the button 'Stop adding' and indicate
the relation whereat the modification ends. In this case you select the upper relation of
the plate, located at a parallel distance of 1300 mm from centerline.
Now you can preview the created platform by using the 'Preview' button and the
updated plate relations will appear within panel "Relations overview" :

When you indicated the relation where the modification starts, which is relation 7, you
specified a radius of 75. This same relation was copied and added as relation 13 when
you indicated it as the relation where the modification ends. Therefore relation 13 has the
radius of 75 as well. Because you don't need this radius here, you will remove it next.
While the preview is still on screen, proceed to select relation 13 and remove the radius
from the input field on panel "Modify a plate contour".
Click the 'OK' button to create the deck plate "Deck 6200" with the integrated platform.

233

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.30.4 Undo plate change

If you are not satisfied with the last modification of the deck plate "Deck 6200", you can
use the undo option for plate modifications.
Let's remove the platform by selecting "Plates" on the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

Select "Undo Plate Modification" from panel "Modify Plates" :

Next the corresponding deck plate "Deck 6200" will be highlighted for a few seconds and
the following message will appear:

By clicking the 'Yes' button, the latest modification of the plate will be undone. Now you
have the original deck plate "Deck 6200" back, without the integrated platform.
Option "Undo plate change" is only applied on the last modification of the
last modified plate.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

234

Basic Training Tutorial

1.31

Deck 3500 above base

1.31.1 Basic training steps (32)

Start situation
You will switch to the lower deck "Deck 3500" to create the cutout in deck plate "Deck
3500".
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Open drawing top view "108-3500"


Choose "Update active block"
Make the bulkheads above the deck visible by increasing the "distance in front of
view"
Create the cutout in deck plate "Deck 3500"
Modify the cutout by changing the parallel contour, related to the transverse
bulkhead at FR29, in a slanted parallel contour
Modify the cutout by relating the slanted parallel contour to the transverse bulkhead
at FR28
Create stiffener ST 150 x 10 along the slanted parallel contour of the cutout
Undo the last plate modification
Modify the cutout by changing the slanted contour back to a parallel contour

End situation

1.31.2 Set visibility 'Distance in front of view'

As you can see on the drawing; the cutout in deck plate "Deck 3500" is related to it's
environment by means of parallel relations to the following three bulkheads:
The longitudinal bulkhead at 6600 from CL;
The transverse bulkhead at FR29;
The longitudinal bulkhead at 3960 from CL.

235

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

But these bulkheads are not visible within the current top view "108-3500", because the
visibility distance above the deck is too small. Normally within the application
NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull only the plates below a deck will be shown. If you also want to
see the bulkheads above the deck, you need to increase the visibility distance.
Please select "Drawing Properties" from the toolbar:

Next you will be presented with the panel "Drawing Properties" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

236

Basic Training Tutorial

Click button 'Visibility' to access the visibility settings within panel "Visibility settings".
Since the thickness of the deck is 12 mm, you have to change the value for 'Distance in
front of view' from 6 mm into at least 13 mm:

237

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

By clicking the 'OK' button within panel "108-3500" the bulkheads will become visible in
the top view.

1.31.3 Change plates (7)

You will create the cutout in deck plate "Deck 3500" by modifying the contour of this deck
plate. As mentioned before the cutout is related to it's environment by means of the
following three main relations:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

238

Basic Training Tutorial

A parallel relation to the longitudinal bulkhead 6600 from CL of 100 mm;


A parallel relation to the transverse bulkhead at FR29 of 250 mm;
A parallel relation to the longitudinal bulkhead 3960 from CL of 150 mm.
The dimensions of the cutout are presented in the figure below:

Please select "Plates" on the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

Select "Change Plate Relations" on the toolbar "Modify Plates" :

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select plate
"Deck 3500". Next, the system displays a list of all the relations of the selected plate in
the panel called "Relations overview" and you are also presented with the panel "Modify
a plate contour".
Now you have to indicate the relation which needs to be changed. Taking into account
the rule that you should always work in a counterclockwise direction, you select the
relation of the plate located at frame 31. This relation will be highlighted in panel
"Relations overview" :

239

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The selected relation properties are available within panel "Modify a plate contour" :

You will create the cutout in deck plate "Deck 3500" by starting at the indicated relation.
Therefore you click the button 'Start adding' to begin adding your modifications:
The first part of the cutout is a small nose, starting at a parallel distance of 20 mm
above the longitudinal bulkhead 6600. Start by indicating a point above the
longitudinal bulkhead 6600 to select the deck and entering the value 20 for 'Parallel'
. Next, you define an angle of 150 by selecting option 'Angle from' instead of 'No
crossover' and entering the value of 150, followed by <Enter>:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

240

Basic Training Tutorial

The second relation is defined by a parallel distance of 100 mm from the longitudinal
bulkhead 6600. Indicate the longitudinal bulkhead 6600 and enter the value 100 for
'Parallel' ;
Add the lower corner radius of 300 mm by selecting 'Radius of curvature' and
entering the value 300;
The third relation is defined by a parallel distance of 250 mm from the transverse
bulkhead at FR29. So indicate the transverse bulkhead at FR29 at the front side and
enter the value 250 for 'Parallel';
Add the upper corner radius of 300 mm;
The fourth relation is defined by a parallel distance of 150 mm from the longitudinal
bulkhead 3960. Select the longitudinal bulkhead 3960 by indicating a point below it
and enter the value 150 for 'Parallel';
The last part of the cutout is also a small nose with a fixed angle of 30, ending at a
parallel distance of 20 mm below the longitudinal bulkhead 3960. Because the exact
position of the start point is unknown, you cannot use the option 'Angle from'. In such
cases you use the alternative option 'Angle to'. Select option 'Angle to' and enter 30
as value for the angle:

Confirm this angle by pressing the <ENTER> key.


The last action is to define the parallel distance of 20 mm below the longitudinal
bulkhead 3960. Indicate the longitudinal bulkhead 3960 and enter the value 20 for
'Parallel'.
Now click the button 'Stop adding' and indicate the relation whereat the modification
ends. In this case you select the relation of the plate located at frame 31.
You can get a preview of the modified deck plate by using the 'Preview' button and the
panel "Relations overview" will be updated:

241

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

If you are satisfied with the result presented on your screen and in the panel "Relations
overview", then you can confirm the modification of the deck plate "Deck 3500" by
clicking the 'Ok' button.
The end result is presented in the following figure:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

242

Basic Training Tutorial

1.31.4 Change plates (8)

You will modify the created cutout in deck plate "Deck 3500" by changing the existing
vertical plate boundary, which is related to the transverse bulkhead at FR29, in a slanted
plate boundary.
Although this modification is not visible on the provided drawing sheets, you will carry out
this modification as an additional exercise. The new dimensions of the cutout are given
in the following figure:

Please select "Plates" on the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

Select "Change Plate Relations" on the toolbar "Modify Plates" :

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select plate
"Deck 6200". Next, the system displays a list of all the relations of the selected plate in
the panel called "Relations overview" and you are also presented with the panel "Modify
a plate contour".

243

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Now select the vertical plate boundary of the cutout, which is related to the transverse
bulkhead. This relation is highlighted in panel "Relations overview" :

The selected relation properties are available within panel "Modify a plate contour" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

244

Basic Training Tutorial

By specifying a second value for option 'Parallel', you define the current relation as a
slanted relation with respect to the indicated plate in section.
The value in the left entry box for 'Parallel' is the distance between the start point of the
current relation and the selected item. The start point is determined by the intersection of
the previous relation with the current relation.
The value in the right entry box is the distance between the end point of the current
relation and the selected item. The end point is determined by the intersection of the next
relation with the current relation.
Please notice that the current relation is seen as a straight line to determine the
intersections.
Now insert the value 300 for 'Parallel' in the right entry box as seen in this figure:

After clicking the 'Ok' button, the vertical plate boundary of the cutout will be modified
into a slanted plate boundary.
The end result is presented in the figure below:

245

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.31.5 Change plates (9)

You will modify the created cutout in deck plate "Deck 3500" for a second time by

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

246

Basic Training Tutorial

making the cutout deeper. This can be realized by relating the slanted plate boundary of
the cutout to the transverse bulkhead at FR28. Please notice that the slanted plate
boundary of the cutout is currently related to the transverse bulkhead at FR29.
This second modification is an additional exercise to show you the use of the 'Replace'
button within panel "Modify a plate contour". After carrying out this exercise, you will
undo this modification.
The new dimensions of the cutout are illustrated in the following figure:

Please select "Plates" on the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

Select "Change Plate Relations" on the toolbar "Modify Plates" :

According to the hint "Indicate construction part that has to be modified" you select plate
"Deck 6200". Next, the system displays a list of all the relations of the selected plate in
the panel called "Relations overview" and you are also presented with the panel "Modify
a plate contour".
Please select the slanted plate boundary of the cutout. The selected relation is
highlighted in panel "Relations overview" :

247

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The selected relation properties are available within panel "Modify a plate contour" :

You can replace an existing relation with a new relation by clicking the 'Replace' button
within panel "Modify a plate contour".
In the current situation, you click the 'Replace' button and define your new relation by
indicating the transverse bulkhead at FR28. To see a preview of the modified deck

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

248

Basic Training Tutorial

plate, you click the 'Preview' button. When you are satisfied with the result, you can click
the 'Ok' button to confirm the modification of the deck plate "Deck 3500".
The end result is presented in the following figure:

249

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.31.6 Create arbitrary profiles (1)

You will create stiffener ST 150 x 10 along the slanted plate boundary of the created
cutout in deck plate "Deck 3500".
Although you will find the same profile on the sheet, there is one main difference: the
presented profile on the sheet is a vertical profile, which can easily be created with the
option "Vertical Profiles".
To create this slanted profile, you will use a new profile option called "Arbitrary Profiles".
The stiffener ST 150 x 10 will be created between the start point P and the endpoint P
along the slanted plate boundary. The exact position of these points are given in this
figure:

The start point P will be defined as an intersection point between the following relations:
A parallel relation to the longitudinal bulkhead 6600 from CL of 40 mm;
A parallel relation to the slanted plate boundary of the cutout of 15 mm.
The end point P will be defined as an intersection point between the following relations:
A parallel relation to the longitudinal bulkhead 3960 from CL of 40 mm;
A parallel relation to the slanted plate boundary of the cutout of 20 mm.
Both the first and second end shapes of this stiffener will be of type "B" with an angle of
60 mm and a nose height of 25 mm.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

250

Basic Training Tutorial

Please select "Profiles" on the toolbar "Insert" :

Select "Arbitrary Profiles" on the toolbar "Insert Profiles" :

At first you have to specify the type of profile and it's directions by means of panel
"Create profile". The profile type, body size and thickness are respectively 'Flat bar', 150
and 10. The profile directions will be 'Towards base' and 'Towards reversed frame':

251

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

After clicking the 'Ok' button, you have to specify the start and end points of the profile
and the corresponding end shapes by means of panel "Profile on plate ? TDB 108" :

As a base point for the start of the profile, you will define the following relations:
1.
2.

A parallel relation to the longitudinal bulkhead 6600 from CL of 40 mm;


A parallel relation to the slanted plate boundary of the cutout of 15 mm.

Ad 1. To define the first relation you select the longitudinal bulkhead 6600 by indicating a
point above the plate and entering within panel "Profile on plate ? TDB 108" the
value 40 for 'Vertical distance':

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

252

Basic Training Tutorial

Click the 'Accept' button to confirm the definition of the relation. Please note that
all the values concerning a relation should be given before you confirm it.

Ad 2. To define the second relation, you indicate the slanted plate boundary of the
cutout, but when you select this plate, the full contour of the plate will be
highlighted! You will see this in panel "Profile on plate ? TDB 108" as well, where
the selected type of relation will be 'Complete relation':

To make sure that only the indicated slanted plate boundary is selected, you have
to choose '1 vector' as the type of relation from the pull-down button. Generally
speaking the selected type of relation '1 vector' means that only the vector of the
relation, which is closest to the indicated point will be selected.
Now enter the value 15 for 'Parallel distance' :

Confirm the definition of this relation by clicking the 'Accept' button.


You have defined two relations which are presented as purple lines within the graphical
screen:

253

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The intersection point of these purple lines will determine the start point of the profile.
According to the hint, you have to choose the third and first end shape in panel "Profile
on plate ? TDB 108". Since the profile does not have a flange, you only have to define
the first end shape, which will be of type 'B' or a so-called "snipe":

Please accept the presented default values for 'Angle of edge' and 'Nose height' within

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

254

Basic Training Tutorial

panel "End type" by clicking the 'OK' button:

As base point for the end of the profile, you will define the following relations:
3.
4.

A parallel relation to the longitudinal bulkhead 3960 from CL of 40 mm;


A parallel relation to the slanted plate boundary of the cutout of 20 mm.

Ad 3. To define the third relation you select the longitudinal bulkhead 3960 by indicating
a point below the plate. Next you enter the value 40 for 'Vertical distance'.
Confirm the definition for this relation by clicking the 'Accept' button.
Ad 4. You define the fourth relation by selecting the slanted plate boundary of the cutout
and choosing '1 vector' from the pull-down button for the correct type of relation.
Enter the value 20 for 'Parallel distance' and confirm by clicking the 'Accept'
button.
An alternative for selecting the type of relation '1 vector' from the pull-down button
is by using the right-mouse button after selecting the slanted plate boundary. The
pop-up menu "Select contour interpretation" appears, which enables you to
select the appropriate type of relation:

The defined relations will be presented as purple lines within the graphical screen. The
intersection point of these purple lines will determine the endpoint of the profile.
According to the hint, you have to choose the fourth and second end shape in panel
"Profile on plate ? TDB 108". You only have to select the second end shape, which will
be of type 'B'. Accept the presented default values for 'Angle of edge' and 'Nose
height' within panel "End type" by clicking the 'Ok' button.
The stiffener ST 150 x 10 will be created between the specified start and end points:

255

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

256

Basic Training Tutorial

1.32

Update all views

1.32.1 Basic training steps (33)

Although you haven't really finished your block, it is time to create a sheet drawing to
have an overview of the views you have created so far. But before you can create a
sheet drawing, you need to be sure that all views are up to date!
Overview of actions:
1.

Update all views

1.32.2 Recalculate views

Please notice that when you modify e.g. a cross view, it also can have an influence on
top and longitudinal views. Therefore the system enables you to update all the views of
the active block in one action.
Our recommendation is to update all views in the following situations:
When you want to create sheet drawings;
When you want to plot sheet drawings;
When you want to create all kinds of export files.
In order to update all views, you select "Tools" -> "Recalculate views" from the
menubar, and the panel "Recalculate Views" will appear:

257

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Using this panel you can select which type of view(s) and which section(s) need to be
updated.
Since you will update all the views of the active block "108", you do not need to change
any settings in the panel "Recalculate Views" and therefore you click the 'Ok' button to
continue.
The system shows the progress of the recalculation process by displaying each type of
view being updated by means of the following panel:

At the end of the recalculating process, the system will display this message panel:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

258

Basic Training Tutorial

Click the 'OK' button to finish the action.

1.33

Sheet drawing

1.33.1 Create sheet drawings


1.33.1.1 Basic training steps (34)

Although you haven't finished your block, you will create a sheet drawing to have an
overview of your block. A sheet drawing is a drawing, composed of various views.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Switch to 'Sheet Drawing' environment


Create new sheet drawing with paper size A0 and scale 1:25
Select views to open inside the empty sheet drawing
Save sheet drawing with drawing number "108" and sheet number "1"
Leave the Sheet Drawing environment

End situation

Additional description of actions:


5.

Leave the Sheet Drawing environment

To leave the Sheet Drawing environment, you click the icon "Close Sheet Drawing" from
the standard toolbar:

259

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The sheet is automatically saved and the application you have worked in last is loaded.
In this case that is 3D-Contek.

1.33.1.2 Switch to 'Sheet Drawing' environment

You can switch to the 'Sheet Drawing' environment by selecting "File" -> "Sheet
Drawing" from the menubar. This menu option is available within the applications
3D-Contek, 2D-Contek, 3D-Show and Shell. After selecting this menu option, the system
will switch to the 'Sheet Drawing' environment and present a new toolbar for creating and
modifying sheet drawings.

1.33.1.3 Create new sheet drawing

You will create a new sheet drawing with paper size A0 and scale 1:25.
Please select "Create New Sheet" from the toolbar to create a sheet drawing:

After selecting this function you will be presented with the panel "Sheet settings" to
define the paper size and the scale of the drawing:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

260

Basic Training Tutorial

Please click the 'OK' button to continue. Next, a new empty sheet drawing is created
including a title-field which can be filled in. You are presented with a panel as an
example of how some of the information in the title-field could be specified:

After clicking the 'OK' button, the given information will be processed in the title-field:

261

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Next you can load views into the sheet drawing. This will be handled as a separate action
within this training step.

1.33.1.4 Import views to sheet drawing (1)

You will select views as part of the process for creating sheet drawings. These views will
be loaded into the sheet drawing. The arrangement you will apply here will be different
from the arrangement of views on the example sheet that you have on paper.
You will load the following views into the sheet drawing:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

262

Basic Training Tutorial

Top views "108-6200" and "108-3500";


Side views "108-3960" and "108-6600";
Frame views "108-23", "108-24", "108-25" and "108-26".
The arrangement of these views is illustrated in this figure:

Let's first load the top views, followed by the side views and then the frame views.
To select the top views, check the option 'Top' to the left of the panel "Sheet Drawing" :

263

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Within this panel you will find list of two available top views. In this case you will load the
views in a manual and arbitrary way, please notice that the options 'Manual' and
'Arbitrary' are selected as default.
Please select the top view "108-6200" from the list and place the view at the desired
position in the sheet drawing. The selected top view will disappear from the list in the
panel.
The second top view "108-3500" will be not placed arbitrarily but below the first top view.
Please select option 'Above/below':

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

264

Basic Training Tutorial

After selecting the top view "108-3500" from the list, you have to select one of the views
in the sheet drawing as the hint "Select a model" suggests.
According to the selected placement method 'Above/below', you select one of the views
in the sheet drawing by indicating a point above or below that view. So please indicate a
point just below the first top view "108-6200" and in doing so, the second top view
"108-3500" will be positioned below the first one with a default intermediate distance.
After selecting top views, you will continue with the side views by deselecting the option
'Top' and then selecting option 'Side'.

Within this panel you will find a list of available side views. From these five views only the
two views "108-3960" and "108-6600" will be loaded into the sheet drawing. First select '
Arbitrary' as the method of placement and then select the side view "108-3960" from the
list and place the view at the desired position in the sheet drawing. You will position this
view to the right of top view "108-6200".
The next side view "108-6600" has to be placed next to the side view "108-3960". So first
select 'Beside model' for the method of placement :

265

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Please select side view "108-6600" from the list. Next, you indicate a point in the sheet
drawing to the right of side view "108-3960" to define the position whereat the selected
side view should be placed.
Please deselect the option 'Side' and select the option 'Frame' in the panel. Next you
select the placement method 'Arbitrary' to continue:
You are now presented with a list of eight available frame views. There is still some
space available in the sheet drawing, therefore you will load four of the eight frame
views; "108-23", "108-24", "108-25" and "108-26":
Please select the first frame view "108-23" and place this view below side view
"108-3960" and beside both top views "108-6200" and "108-3500";
Since the frame view "108-24" should be placed next to the frame view "108-23", you
select the option 'Beside model'. Then select frame view "108-24" from the list and
place it to the right of frame view "108-24" by indicating a point at that position;
The third frame view "108-25" should be placed below frame view "108-23". Select
option 'Above/below' and frame view "108-25" from the list. Then select the frame
view "108-23" by indicating a point just below it;
The fourth frame view "108-26" should be placed next to the frame view "108-25" and
below frame view "108-24", meaning at an intersection. Now select placement
method 'Intersection' in the panel:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

266

Basic Training Tutorial

Please select frame view "108-26" from the list. Next, you have to select the frame
view "108-25" by indicating a point to the right of the view. Then you select frame view
"108-24" by indicating a point just below it. Now the fourth frame view "108-26" will be
aligned with both the frame view "108-25" and frame view "108-24".
After having loaded all the specified views, you can end this function by closing the
panel.

1.33.2 Create hidden lines drawing and import it to sheet drawing


1.33.2.1 Basic training steps (35)

Now you will switch to the application 3D-Show to view the active block in a
3-dimensional environment. You will additionally create an isometric hidden line view of
your block and add this view to the existing sheet drawing.
Overview of actions:
1.

267

Switch to application "3D-Show"

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

2.
3.

Show active block in a 3-dimensional environment


Save block as isometric hidden lines view with drawing number "108" and drawing
name "iso-rear"

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Show additional block "102" in a 3-dimensional environment


Hide additional block "102"
Hide lines from active block
Shade lines from active block
View block from different perspectives by means of the view tool

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Switch to Sheet Drawings environment


Open sheet drawing with drawing number "108" and sheet number "1"
Add isometric hidden lines view to sheet drawing
Save sheet drawing with drawing number "108" and sheet number "1"
Leave the Sheet Drawing environment

End situation

Additional description of actions:


4.

Hide additional block "102"

Hiding block "102" is done in the same way as showing it, only now you deselect the
block in the panel "Blocks".

5.

Hide lines from active block

Within the application 3D-Show you can remove hidden lines from the current view of
presented blocks. To do this, you select the toolbar icon "Hide mode":

6.

Shade lines from active block

Within the application 3D-Show you can remove hidden lines from the current view of
presented blocks and shade the resulting picture in one action. To do this, you select the
toolbar icon "Shade mode":

9.

Open sheet drawing with drawing number "108" and sheet number "1"

You can use the "Open Drawing" function within 3D-Show, and proceed to activate

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

268

Basic Training Tutorial

'Sheet' in the 'View' column. Select sheet number "1" and click 'Open'.

1.33.2.2 Switch to another application

You can switch to another application by opening the menu "Application" and selecting
one of the following:

2D-Contek;
3D-Contek;
3D-Show;
Plantek;
Shell;
Hull shape;
System Management.

After you have selected the appropriate one, the system will switch to the new
application and present the menubar as well as the toolbars specifically belonging to that
application.
During this tutorial, you will only switch between 3D-Show and 3D-Contek:

269

1.

To switch from 3D-Contek to 3D-Show, you select "Application" -> "3D-Show"


from the menubar in 3D-Contek:

2.

To switch from "3D-Show" back to "3D-Contek" again, you select "Application" ->
"3D-Contek" from the menubar in 3D-Show.

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.33.2.3 Show active block

Within the application 3D-Show two different options are available to display the active
block:

The first and quickest option is to select the toolbar icon "Show active Block":

The active block is immediately displayed in the graphical screen when selecting this
option.

The second option is to select the toolbar icon "Show Block":

Select the active block from panel "Blocks":

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

270

Basic Training Tutorial

In this case you select block 108 and click the 'OK' button.

1.33.2.4 Save drawing as position and hidden biso

The application "3D-Show" offers you the possibility to save isometric hidden-line views.
These are created from the selected block(s), taking into account the actual viewing
perspective.
In this case you will create an isometric hidden-line view from your block and save it with
drawing number "108" and drawing name "iso-rear". Because the active block is already
shown in isometric view, you don't have to change the viewing perspective!
Let's create our hidden-line view of the current block by selecting "File" -> "Save as..."

271

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

from the menubar. Select in panel "Save as ..." the option 'Position and hidden biso'
and accept the default values for the 'Drawing number' and 'Drawing name':

Because there is only a small amount of space left on the sheet drawing, you will change
the value for 'Scale' from 25 into 50. Select the option 'Show preview' for a preview of
the end result later on. You can ignore the optional field 'Description' and click the 'Ok'
button.
Next you are presented with two panels "Turn model" and "Remove parts" to enable you
to turn the displayed block around one of it's axes and to remove items from the
displayed block.
Because many blocks are generally built upside down, you will also turn your block
upside down. This can be realized by turning the block 180 around the East-West axis.
Place your cursor in the entry box of the option 'East-West axis' within panel "Turn
model" and the default value of 180 appears:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

272

Basic Training Tutorial

By clicking the 'Turn' button, the block will be turned upside down.
In order to obtain a nice view of your block, you also turn the block 180 around the
up-down axis. Place the cursor the entry box of the option 'North-South axis' and the
default value of 180 appears:

Click the 'Turn' button and the block will be turned around the up-down axis.
After turning the block, you could remove items from the displayed block by means of the
panel "Remove parts" if you find it necessary:

273

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The purpose of removing items is to get a better view of the actual structure. Please
notice that with this option the items are only removed visually and not removed from the
database! For the current block you don't have to remove any items. So just click the
'Ok' button and the preview of the end result is shown:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

274

Basic Training Tutorial

Now you are asked for confirmation to save the model. In case you choose otherwise
and wish to make a few changes before saving, then the main panel is opened, allowing
the model to be modified.
Please confirm to save your isometric hidden-line view.

1.33.2.5 Show block

Within the application 3D-Show you can also display other blocks in addition to the active
one.
To display additional blocks, you select the toolbar icon "Show Block" :

After selecting this icon, you can choose one or more blocks from the list of available

275

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

blocks, displayed in panel "Show Block" :

By selecting block 102 and then clicking the 'OK' button, block 102 will be retrieved.
In order to view the combination of 102 and 108 in full screen, you select the option
toolbar icon "Full screen":

1.33.2.6 View tool

In order to view the displayed block(s) from different perspectives, the application

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

276

Basic Training Tutorial

3D-Show contains a viewing tool.


Select the toolbar icon "View Tool" to see the displayed block(s) from a different
direction:

After selecting this icon the panel "View tool" appears:

The viewing options will be shortly explained here:

277

Top view

Show displayed block from the top

Side view

Show displayed block from the side

Rear view

Show displayed block from behind

Iso rear

Show displayed block in isometric view from behind (stern)

Iso front

Show displayed block in isometric view from the front (stem)

Fit

Display block in a maximum perspective view. The button 'Rotate


Interactively' has become available and can be used to view the
block from an arbitrary angle. Also the combination of <SHIFT> +
<CTRL> can be used to rotate interactively

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Top view
section

Create and show an intersection of the displayed blocks using a


plane at a user-defined height

Side view
section

Create and show an intersection of the displayed blocks using a


plane at a user-defined breadth

Rear view
section

Create and show an intersection of the displayed blocks using a


plane at a user-defined frame number

All viewing options can be used in combination with the available options for removing
hidden lines and shading.

1.33.2.7 Import views to sheet drawing (2)

You will add the isometric hidden-line view to the sheet drawing "108-1".
You can load additional views to an existing sheet drawing by selecting "Load" from the
toolbar:

Using the "Sheet Drawing" panel you can load the isometric hidden-line view as follows:

Select option '3D-Show' as type of view

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

278

Basic Training Tutorial

Within this panel you will find a list of all saved isometric hidden-line views. Please select
the view "108-iso-rear" and place it at the desired position by indicating a point in lower
left corner of the sheet drawing.
Close the window to stop loading views.

1.33.3 Modifications on sheet drawings


1.33.3.1 Basic training steps (36)

Start situation
If modifications are necessary, you will generally not carry out your modifications at the
sheet drawing level but within the individual views that have been imported into the sheet
drawing.
All structural modifications should be carried out within the single views
and not within the Sheet Drawing environment

279

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The general procedure for carrying out modifications consists of two steps:
1.
2.

Load the view which must be modified;


Make your changes within the view and save it.

The sheet drawing will reflect all your modifications due to the fact that within
NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull the sheet drawing is automatically updated!
To illustrate this modification procedure, you will modify frame view "108-23" by adding a
bracket of type D between the lower deck "Deck 3500" and the longitudinal bulkhead
"Long. bulkhead 6600". Next you will check if the sheet drawing has been updated by
looking for the added bracket.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Open drawing frame view "108-23"


Choose "Update active section"
Create bracket "D 25" between lower deck and longitudinal bulkhead
Load sheet drawing with drawing number "108" and sheet number "1" to check if it
has been updated
Leave the Sheet Drawing environment

Some modifications can also be performed at sheet drawing level. For the sake of
completeness, a list of general modifications for sheet drawings has been added to this
training step.
End situation

Additional description of actions:


4.

Load sheet drawing with drawing number "108" and sheet number "1" to check if it
has been updated

After opening the sheet drawing, which is similar to opening an existing sheet drawing,
you can verify if the added bracket within frame view "108-23" also appears in the sheet
drawing. And indeed, the sheet drawing has been updated automatically!

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

280

Basic Training Tutorial


1.33.3.2 Open drawing (4)

You will open frame view "108-23" for modification by using sheet drawing "108-1",
meaning that you are still within the Sheet Drawing environment.
When you are working within the Sheet Drawing environment and a sheet drawing is
displayed on screen, the system offers two different methods for opening drawings:
1.

Select "Open drawing" from the toolbar:

Now select one of the single views in the sheet drawing. The system will leave the
Sheet Drawing environment and return to the normal 3D-Contek environment as the
view will be presented on screen.
2.

Select "Open drawing" from the toolbar, while you still have a sheet drawing on
screen;
Click somewhere outside of the sheet drawing, in a blank area of the graphical
screen. The system will display panel "Open Drawing" with a list of available sheet
drawings.

281

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Upon opening another sheet drawing from the list, you are prompted with the
question if you wish to save the current sheet drawing before the new one will be
opened.
In this case you will load frame view "108-23" directly from the sheet drawing, so you will
be practicing the first method.
After selecting the toolbar icon "Open drawing", please indicate the desired frame view
"108-23" in the sheet drawing. Now the frame view "108-23" is opened in the normal
3D-Contek environment.

1.34

Create iceframes

1.34.1 Basic training steps (37)

You will create a series of ice frames, located between frame 22.5 and frame 30.5.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

282

Basic Training Tutorial

These ice frames can be found on the second example sheet. With exception of ice
frames at frame 22.5 and 23.5, all ice frames are supported by a flat bar at the lower
end. You will create these flat bars as well.
In order to create these ice frames with supporting flat bars, you will perform the
following actions:

Create nine additional frame views "Frame 22.5" up to "Frame 30.5";


Create first ice frame HP 200 x 9 within frame view "Frame 23.5";
Create second and third ice frame by copying the first ice frame to frame views
"Frame 22.5" and "Frame 24.5";
Create the supporting flat bar ST 150 x 10 of the third ice frame within top view
"Deck 3500";
Copy the third ice frame and supporting flat bar to frame views "Frame 25.5" up to
"Frame 30.5".

Now, the supporting flat bars ST 150 x 10 will still be in a vertical position instead of
alongside the ice frames HP 200 x 9. To achieve that the flat bars are positioned
alongside the ice frames, you have to manually turn them to have them placed into the
desired position.
This correction must be carried out for each ice frame in it's corresponding frame view
and consists of two steps:

Ask the system for the angle at the lower end of the ice frame;
Turn the flat bar into it's correct position alongside of the ice frame.

Overview of actions:
1.

Create nine frame views "Frame 22.5" until "Frame 30.5"

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Open drawing frame view "108-23d5"


Choose "Do not update"
Place standard text "Frame 23.5" above view with 'Position' set to 'Interactive'
Create first ice frame HP 200 x 9
Place hole symbol
Dimension the ice frame
Create 2nd and 3rd ice frame by copying the 1st ice frame to frame views "Frame
22.5" and "Frame 24.5"
Create two welding holes with radius 35 mm

9.

End situation
10.
11.
12.
13.

283

Open drawing top view "108-3500"


Choose "Update active block"
Create supporting flat bar ST 150 x 10 of the third ice frame
Copy ice frame with the supporting flat bar to frame 25.5 until frame 30.5

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

14. Correct the relations of the flat bar at frame 30.5


End situation
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

Open drawing frame view "108-24d5"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 24.5" above view
Place hole symbol
Dimension the shell frame
Create two welding holes with radius 35 mm
Determine the angle at the lower end of the first ice frame
Turn the flat bar to it's correct position along the first ice frame
Repeat these steps for frame 25.5

End situation
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

Open drawing frame view "108-26d5"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 26.5" above view
Place hole symbol
Dimension the shell frame
Create one welding hole with radius 35 mm at the upper seam
Correct the position of the flat bar
Measure distance for the length of the new lower end type
Change the lower end type of the ice frame to 'ZJ'
Repeat these steps for frames 27.5 until frame 30.5

End situation
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.

Open drawing frame view "108-22d5"


Choose "Update active block"
Place standard text "Frame 22.5" above view
Place hole symbol
Change the lower end type of the ice frame to 'P'
Dimension the ice frame
Create two welding holes with radius 35 mm

End situation
41. Replace views by means of Drawing Management
42. Open drawing frame view "108-22d5" to check the result

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

284

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation

Additional description of actions:


1.

Create nine frame views "Frame 22.5" up to "Frame 30.5"

Select "Create View" from the toolbar:

Next select the option "Frame View" on the toolbar "Create View" :

Let's give these views around the same size as the previous frame views, so we can
make them smaller later on in this step:
Name of panel

Option

Value

Frame View

'Length'
'Min. Height'
'Max. Height'
'Min. Breadth'
'Max. Breadth'
'No. of sections'
'Step size'
'Centre line'
'Base line'
'Height line'

22.5
1500
6500
-500
9
1
on
off
off

Note: These intermediate views will be named "108-23d5", "108-24d5", etc.


6.

Place hole symbol

In top deck 6600 above base a hole is present, which you can recognize by the purple
coloured circle around the midpoint of the hole. You can mark this hole by placing a hole
symbol:

Click the "Hole Symbol" button on the "Modify Holes" toobar and proceed by indicating
the purple circle to place the symbol.

285

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

15. Open drawing frame view "108-24d5"


For slanting parts and parts not situated at a frame station, it's not possible to load the
corresponding views by selecting the concerning parts. So selecting the ice frame at
frame 24.5 in order to load the frame view "108-24d5" will not work. In such situations,
you have to indicate a point in an empty area after which you can select a certain view to
be loaded, from the list in the panel "open drawing".
32. Change the lower end type of the ice frame to 'ZJ'
Change the lower end type of the ice frame to type 'ZJ' and use the following values:
Name of panel

Option

Value

End type

'Radius'
'Length'
'Height'

35
135
35

Note that the value of 135 is the value you measured in the previous action.
38. Change the lower end type of the ice frame to 'P'
Change the lower end type of the ice frame to type 'P' and use the following values:
Name of panel

Option

Value

End type

'Angle of bevelled
edge'
'Nose height'
'Radius'

39
71
50

1.34.2 Create shell frames (1)

You will create the first ice frame HP 200 x 9 at frame 23.5 by using the "Profiles in View"
option.
Let's create ice frame HP 200 x 9 by selecting "Profiles" on the toolbar "Insert" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

286

Basic Training Tutorial

Now select the first option "Profiles in View" on the toolbar "Insert Profiles" :

According to the hint "Indicate the hull line/plate" you select the hull line by indicating a
point to the left side of the hull line.You specify the type of profile and it's directions by
means of panel "Create Shell Frame" :

After clicking the 'OK' button, you specify the first and second limitations of this shell
frame.
The first limitation will be the lower deck "Deck 3500". So indicate a point just above the
lower deck and enter value 0 for the parallel distance from the lower deck:

287

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Select as first end shape the type 'C' and accept the default value '35' for the radius
within panel "End type" by clicking the 'Ok' button.
The second limitation will be the upper deck "Deck 6200". So indicate a point just below
the upper deck and enter value 0 for the parallel distance from the upper deck:

Select for the second end shape the type 'C' with the same radius of 35 mm. After
clicking the 'Ok' button, the specified shell frame will be created.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

288

Basic Training Tutorial

1.34.3 Create arbitrary profiles (2)

You will create the supporting flat bar ST 150 x 10 of the third ice frame HP 200 x 9 at
frame 24.5 by using the "Arbitrary Profiles" option.
The supporting flat bar ST 150 x 10 will be created between the start point P and the
endpoint P within top view "Deck 3500". The exact position of these points are given in
the next figure:

The start point P will be defined as an intersection point between the relations:
A distance parallel to the floor at frame 24 of 25 mm;
A distance parallel to the top of the ice frame HP 200 x 9 of 0 mm.
The endpoint P will also be defined as an intersection point between the relations:
A distance parallel to the floor at frame 25 of 25 mm;
A distance parallel to the top of the ice frame HP 200 x 9 of 0 mm.
Both the first and second end shapes of this stiffener will be of type 'B' with an angle of
60 mm and a nose height of 25 mm.
Let's create this flat bar according to the specified position by selecting "Profiles" on the
toolbar "Insert" :

Select option "Arbitrary Profiles" on the toolbar "Insert Profiles" :

289

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You specify the type of profile and it's directions by means of panel "Create Profile" :

After clicking the 'Ok' button, you have to specify the start and endpoint of the profile as
well as the end shapes.
As basis for the start point of the profile, you will define the two relations:
1.
2.

The horizontal distance to the floor at frame 24, being 25 mm;


The horizontal distance to the top of the ice frame, being 0 mm.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

290

Basic Training Tutorial

Ad 1. You define the first relation by indicating a point in front (to the right) of the floor at
frame 24 and entering the value 25 for 'Horizontal distance' within panel "Profile
on plate ? TDB 108" :

Confirm the definition of this relation by clicking the 'Accept' button.


Ad 2. You define the second relation by indicating the top of the ice frame HP 200 x 9:

Enter the value 0 for 'Vertical distance' within panel "Profile on plate ? TDB
108" :

Confirm the definition of this relation clicking the 'Accept' button.


These two relations are presented as purple lines within the graphical screen:

291

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The intersection point of these purple lines will determine the start point of the profile.
Now select type 'B' as first end shape:

The default values for the 'Angle of edge' and 'Nose height' within panel "End type" are
correct. By clicking the 'Ok' button you have completely defined the start point of the
profile.
As basis for the endpoint of the profile, you will define the two relations:
3.
4.

The horizontal distance to the floor at frame 25, being 25 mm;


The horizontal distance to the top of the ice frame, being 0 mm.

You define these relations and the second end shape, which will be of type 'B' with the
same default properties, in a similar way as you have done for the start point.
After completely defining both points, the supporting flat bar of the ice frame will be
created between the specified points:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

292

Basic Training Tutorial

1.34.4 Modify profile relations

When you take a look at supporting flat bar ST 150 x 10 at frame view 30.5, you will see
that due to the copy action, the profile relations of this flat bar are a little messed up. This
has to do with the relations of the original flat bar, which is defined between two
transverse bulkheads. But because there is no bulkhead located at frame 31, you will
need to relate the flat bar to the edge of deck plate "Deck 3500" instead.
Let's modify the flat bar's profile relations by selecting "Profiles" on the toolbar Modify
3D" :

Select the option "Profile Relations" on toolbar "Modify Profiles" :

After you indicate the flat bar, it's profile relations are revealed in the graphical screen by

293

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

square boxes with numbers in them.


Right click somewhere in a blank area of the graphical screen, and the following menu
will pop up:

You will need to edit relation number 3, so please proceed by selecting "Relation 3: Part
in section 27 tdb 108". The relation will light up and the panel "Profile Relations"
becomes active:

Start by clicking the 'Replace' button to have the system clear out all previous info
pertaining relation 3 and proceed by indicating the boundary of the plate. The flat bar will
have a parallel distance of 25 mm from the edge of the deck plate "Deck 3500".
Select 'Horizontal distance' and enter 25 mm within panel "Profile Relations". Click
'Modify' to confirm the new relation. Now you can edit more of the flat bar's relations if
you so choose. In this case none of the other relations need to be edited, so please click
'Done' to close the "Profile Relations" panel and witness your changes on screen.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

294

Basic Training Tutorial

1.34.5 Retrieve line information

The position of the supporting flat bar ST 150 x 10 is currently vertical:

To position this flat bar along the ice frame, you need to turn it around a specified angle.
Therefore you will find out the angle at the lower end of the ice frame by retrieving
information about this ice frame.
Let's retrieve the angle at the end of the ice frame by selecting the toolbar icon
"Information":

Now select the option "Line/Arc Information" on the "Information" toolbar:

According to the hint "Indicate a line" you select the line of the ice frame as illustrated
below:

295

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

After indicating this line, the system displays panel "Line Information" with the
information about the selected line:

The angle at the lower end of the ice frame will be nearly equal to the angle of the
selected line. This angle is rounded off to 50 and consequently the flat bar must be
turned 40.

1.34.6 Turn profiles

You will turn the flat bar ST 150 x 10 to it's correct position along the ice frame HP 200 x
9. Within the current frame view "108-24d5" the flat bar needs to be turned 40.
Now turn the profile by selecting "Profiles" on the toolbar "Modify 3D" :

Select the option "Rotate" on toolbar "Modify Profiles" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

296

Basic Training Tutorial

By means of panel "Profile Selection", you select the flat bar by using the 'Clump'
selection method:

After selecting the flat bar, you enter -40 for 'Angle'. In this case you give a negative
value for the angle, because the direction of rotation is clockwise.
Click the 'Ok' button and the flat bar will be positioned along the ice frame:

297

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.34.7 Measure distance

The ice frames at frame 27.5 until frame 30.5 have an extended draining hole similar to
the bulkheads at frames 26 and 27. The way in which to apply them onto the ice frames
is done by changing their lower end shape to type 'ZJ'.
But before you do so, you need to measure the distance needed for the draining hole to
reach the seam in the hull. This distance is different for each ice frame, so you will need
to measure them individually.
Select the toolbar icon "Information" :

Now select the option "Measure Distance" on the "Information" toolbar:

Proceed to indicate the start and ending points in the graphical screen alongside the hull,
from the deck to where the extended draining hole will stop, as seen in the picture:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

298

Basic Training Tutorial

You will see the distance in between these points appear in panel "Measure Distance" :

For easy reference we will round off this number to "135". This is the value that you will
need to specify when changing the lower end shape of the profile to type 'ZJ'.

299

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.34.8 Replace views

Because the ice frames cover only a small part of your view, it is not necessary to have
the entire area of the view visible. Therefore you are going to update the area values for
these views. This can be done in one action by using the Drawing Management function.
Please select "Blank Drawing" to clear the screen:

Select "Settings -> Drawing Management" from the menubar and the following panel
appears:

Proceed to select each drawing you wish to update by clicking on them, and they will
appear in the "Selected" list.
Confirm by clicking the "Next" button. Let's now make these views as small as possible
by using the following values for the listed options:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

300

Basic Training Tutorial

The centre line and the base line can be de-selected because you don't need them in
these views.
Click the 'OK' button to confirm your changes. The panel that follows appears only when
you have activated the 'Recalculate views' option on the previous panel. This is
necessary to update the existing views after you have changed their area definitions.

301

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Before recalculation, the existing drawings currently present construction in the active
block as well as in the neighbouring blocks. Because the construction of block 102 falls
outside of the new area you just specified, you must update 102 as well in order to see
it's construction disappear from the drawings. This means that all the blocks must be
updated and not just the active block.
And lastly, please make sure the hull line is updated as well. Click the 'OK' button to start
the recalculation process.

Note: All the 2D items that you have placed in these views will remain exactly
where you have placed them.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

302

Basic Training Tutorial

1.35

Frame 30

1.35.1 Basic training steps (38)

Start situation
You will add the flange with flange size 100 mm to the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 30", located
between the hull and the lower deck "Deck 3500". There will also be three brackets
added to this view.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Load drawing frame view "108-30"


Choose "Update active block": the upper boundary of the floor is partly missing
Check if the floor is really present
Add the missing upper line to the floor
Add flange with size 100 mm to the floor
Create bracket "G 33" between deck beam HP 140 x 8 and longitudinal bulkhead
3960
Create bracket "B 10" between deck beam HP 140 x 8 and profile HP 200 x 9
Create bracket "A 04" between profile HP 200 x 9 and the flange of the floor
Update all views

End situation

Additional description of actions:


3.

Check if the floor is really available

You can check if the floor is really present by activating the background lines. You will
see that the floor is there, but the upper line is missing. Within NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull
all relations belonging to plates in view that are related to other plates are not shown.
This to prevent having multiple lines end up on top of eachother.
This floor is originally related to the lower deck and so therefore this relation is not
presented as a line. But in this case a part of the deck has been removed due to the
cutout you created earlier. However, the system does not automatically detect this. In
such cases it's possible to add a line later on.
9.

303

Update all views

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Updating all of the views is similar to recalculating all views at the basic training step 33.

1.35.2 Create visible lines

Now you will add the missing upper line to floor "Bulkhead Fr. 30":

Add a line to the existing floor by selecting "View" -> "Presentation Filters" -> "Plate
Contour" from the menubar. According to the hint "Select plate in view" you select the
floor and the contour direction of this floor will be shown by means of arrows:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

304

Basic Training Tutorial

Now let's define the start and end point of the new line and it's dash type by means of
panel "Border value" :

You define the first point, where the line should start, by indicating the upper boundary of
the plate near the longitudinal bulkhead 6600. But the actual start point P1 will be the
intersection point of the upper boundary and the hull line.
Next, you define the second point, where the line should end, by selecting option
'Second point' on panel "Border value", and indicating the upper boundary near
longitudinal bulkhead 3960. The end point P2 will be the intersection point of the upper
boundary and the longitudinal bulkhead 3960.
You will want to create a solid line, meaning that the corresponding dash type 'Dash' will
be '0'.
Both points of the new line are illustrated in the figure below:

305

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

After clicking the 'Ok' button, the new line will appear over the upper edge of the plate:

By closing the panel you can leave the function.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

306

Basic Training Tutorial

1.35.3 Create flanges (2)

You will create a flange of 100 mm and add it to the upper edge of the plate "Bulkhead
Fr. 30". As opposed to the flange of the longitudinal girder "Long. bulkhead 3960", this
flange will not cover the full length of the upper plate boundary but only a part of it!
Select the option "Flanges" on the toolbar "Insert" :

According to the hint "Indicate the side of the plate where the flange/face plate should be
placed" you indicate a point just above the upper boundary of floor "Bulkhead Fr. 30".
First you define the size of the flange and the direction by means of panel "Face plate on
plate 29 TDB 108" :

307

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The body size is 100 mm and the body direction will be towards reversed frame.
Secondly you specify the start and end point of the flange, taking into account the
contour direction of the plate to which the flange will be attached:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

308

Basic Training Tutorial

The start point will be located to the left of the visible part of the deck plate at the right
hand side, and can be defined by indicating a point at this end. To make sure you select
the correct plate to establish the relation for the flange here, right click the mouse
anywhere to open the following menu:

When you select "Plate in section", lower deck "Deck 3500" will light up, which is
exactly the plate you need to relate the flange to.
Accept the default value "25" for the distance from the start point and select for the end
shape type 'B':

You accept the default values for angle and nose height within panel "End type" by
clicking the 'Ok' button.
The end point will be located to the right side of the visible part of the deck plate at the
right hand side and can be defined by indicating a point at this end. Use the same
method as above to indicate lower deck "Deck 3500" to relate the flange to.
You specify the same distance of "25" and the same end shape, meaning type 'B' with
it's default properties for the end point. By clicking the 'Ok' button within panel "End type"
you have also defined the end point of the flange.
Now both ends of the flange are defined. Next you click the 'Ok' button to create the
flange on the floor "Bulkhead Fr. 30".
You can check if the flange has really been added to floor "Bulkhead Fr. 30" by coding

309

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

this floor. First you select "CAM" -> "Code One Part" from the menubar and secondly
you indicate floor "Bulkhead Fr. 30". The coded part should look like this:

Please notice that coded parts are presented upside down by default.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

310

Basic Training Tutorial

1.36

Sheet drawing

1.36.1 Basic training steps (39)

When you enter the Sheet Drawing environment and take a look at top views "Deck
3500 above base" and "Deck 6200 above base", you will notice that the views have been
updated with the ice frames and the support flat bars that you have created in the
previous training step.
However, when you take a look at the hidden biso, you will see that the iceframes are not
yet present here. This is because a hidden biso is nothing more than a snapshot of
moment in time. You will have to create a new hidden biso to update the sheet drawing
to the latest situation.
In the final training step of this tutorial, you will do the following:
First you will switch to the application 3D-Show to create a new isometric hidden line
view of your block;
Then you will use it to replace the one you have placed on the sheet drawing earlier;
Then you will create a second sheet drawing for the ice frames and the remaining
longitudinal- and frame views.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.

Switch to application "3D-Show"


Show active block in a 3-dimensional environment
Save block as hidden biso drawing to scale 1:50 with number "108" and drawing
name "iso-rear-2"
4. Switch to Sheet Drawings environment
5. Open sheet drawing with drawing number "108" and sheet number "1"
6. Add isometric hidden lines view to sheet drawing
7. Save sheet drawing
8. Create a second sheet drawing with paper size A0 and scale 1:25
9. Select views to open inside the empty sheet drawing
10. Save sheet drawing with drawing number "108" and sheet number "2"
End situation

Additional description of actions:


9.

311

Select views to open inside the empty sheet drawing

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Start with loading the longitudinal views, and place the four remaining frame views below
the longitudinal views, proceeded by placing the ice frame views to the right of the frame
views.

1.36.2 General modifications

Although all structural modifications should be carried out within single views, some
modifications can be executed at sheet drawing level:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Change titlefield of sheet drawing;


Add change number to sheet drawing;
Replace views within sheet drawing;
Perform 2D modifications to individual views within sheet drawing.

For each modification function a brief explanation will be given.

1.

Change title field of sheet drawing

You are able to modify the current values which are presented in the title field of a sheet
drawing by clicking the "Change Title Field" button on the standard toolbar:

After clicking this button, the system will display panel "Fill title field [General]" with the
current values:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

312

Basic Training Tutorial

After modifying these values, you click the 'OK' button to accept your changes and to
update the information within the title field.

2.

Add revision to sheet drawing

You can add a revision to a sheet drawing by clicking the "Change Number" button on
the standard toolbar:

After clicking this button, you can enter information about a specific revision by means of
panel "Enter revision" :

313

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The system automatically keeps track of your revisions and comes up with an
appropriate revision value for the option 'Alteration' as a default. Our advice is to supply
information about this revision by entering your initials for 'Name' and a clear distinctive
description of the revision for 'Description'.
After clicking the 'OK' button, all information about this revision will be added to the
revision list of the sheet drawing, located above the title block.

3.

Replace views within sheet drawing

To replace views within a sheet drawing you select the "Load" button from the toolbar:

This function has already been mentioned for importing additional views.
Within panel "Sheet Drawing", you select option 'Replace' and select the new view to be
loaded in the sheet drawing. Next, you select the view which needs to be replaced by the
new one by means of either selecting it from panel "Select a model" or clicking on the
view you wish to replace in the sheet drawing itself.

4.

Perform 2D modifications to individual views within sheet drawing

You can perform 2D modifications within individual views, belonging to a sheet drawing,
without leaving the sheet drawings environment. Some examples of 2D modifications
are: moving standard text, adding text, drawing lines, drawing circles, adding
dimensions, etc.
No construction modifications can be carried out.

To enable the modification of individual views within a sheet drawing, you select the
button "Modify Inserted Drawing" on the standard toolbar:

Next, you determine the view to be modified by either clicking on the to be modified view
in the sheet drawing itself, or by selecting it from a list of available views in the panel
"Select" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

314

Basic Training Tutorial

By means of the 'Next layer of models' button you are able to modify a drawing which
has been loaded into another drawing.
As soon as you have selected a certain view, this view will be highlighted for a moment.
After clicking the 'Ok' button, you will notice that the selected view will keep it's original
colors but all other views will be displayed entirely in purple. This means that only the
selected view can be modified and not the other views.
After modifying the selected view, you can modify several other views by clicking "Modify
Inserted Drawing" button on the toolbar again. Each time you select a certain view to be
modified, the previous selected view will be saved automatically.
After executing all the necessary modifications, you click the "Save Drawing" button on
the toolbar to save your changes to the sheet drawing:

Next, you can use the "Full Screen" button on the "View" toolbar, or press hot key <5> to
have the whole sheet drawing presented on screen again:

315

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

You will see that all views of the sheet drawing are displayed in their original colors
again.

1.37

Copy block

1.37.1 Basic training steps (40)

You will now create the new block 109 on port side and then you will use the Mirror
function to copy the content of block 108 into block 109.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.

Create block 109


Copy block 108 into block 109 with Mirror
Edit the title fields of the sheet drawings in block 109

Additional description of actions:


1.

Create block 109

Creating block 109 is done in a similar way as creating block 108. Because you are
working on port side now, remember that all the breadth values in this block are negative
values.
Because you are going to copy the contents of block 108 into the new block 109, you do
not have to create any new views for this block.
3.

Edit the title fields of the sheet drawings in block 109

The title fields in the sheet drawings are still set to block 108. Changing the block
number is done in a similar way as changing the title field of a sheet drawing.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

316

Basic Training Tutorial

1.37.2 Mirror block

You will now copy the contents of block 108 into block 109. Select "Tools" -> "Copy
Block" from the menu and the following panel will appear:

Now you get to choose which block you wish to copy. When you click the 'Diagnose'
button, the system will check the selected block for errors. It is always recommended to
diagnose the block you are about to copy. When there are errors detected, for example
relations to parts that are no longer present, you may want to fix them first.
Proceed by clicking the 'Mirror' button to continue to the next panel:

317

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The value '0' means you are going to mirror the contents of block 108 exactly over the
centerline, which is what you want. Any other value is measured from the centerline,
where negative values are in portside direction.
Using the 'Preview' button will show you a preview of the result in the Hull Viewer, exactly
like with any regular copy action. After clicking the 'OK' button, the system will begin the
copying process.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

318

Basic Training Tutorial

1.38

Long. slanted plate and knuckles

1.38.1 Basic training steps (41)

Start situation
Now we will switch back to proceed working in block 108.
In this step you will create three new views, of which two regular side views and one
perpendicular side view. In each side view you will create a new plate and then you will
connect these plates together with use of the knuckle attribute.
After this you will proceed to bring these three separate views together to create one
drawing.
In this step you will also create holes using the related holes function.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Create side view 4620


Edit the standard text to "4620 off C.L."
Save the drawing with the name "4620-knuckle"
Remove all profiles and brackets in this view
Create plate 4620 with a thickness of 9 mm
Create related holes

End situation
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Create side view 5280


Edit the standard text to "5280 off C.L."
Save the drawing with the name "5280-knuckle"
Remove the profile on the far left
Create plate 5280 with a thickness of 9 mm

End situation
12. Create slanted view
13. Save the drawing with the name "knuckle-plate"
14. Create plate with a thickness of 9 mm and thickness direction "From CL"
End situation

319

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

15.
16.
17.
18.

Connect all three plates by means of two knuckles


Create a total view of all three drawings
Edit the standard text to "Sidegirder SB"
Save this drawing with the name "4620-knuckle-total"

End situation

Additional description of actions:


1.

Create side view 4620

Creating side view 4620 is done in a similar way as creating side view "Long. section
4620 off CL".
Option

Value

'Minimum Length'
'Maximum Length'
'Minimum Height'
'Maximum Height'
'Base lines'

21.5
26.1
1500
3600
1500

5.

Create plate 4620 with a thickness of 9 mm

Create plate 4620 with a thickness of 9 mm and the default thickness direction:
Option

Value

'Minimum Length'
'Minimum Height'
'Maximum Length'
'Maximum Height'

22+9
Indicate hull line
26+50
Indicate deck 3500 above base

7.

Create side view 5280

Create side view 5280 in a similar way as you have created side view 4620:
Option

Value

'Minimum Length'
'Maximum Length'
'Minimum Height'
'Maximum Height'

27.5
30.5
1500
3600

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

320

Basic Training Tutorial

'Base lines'

1500

11. Create plate 5280 with a thickness of 9 mm


Create plate 5280 with a thickness of 9 mm and the default thickness direction:
Option

Value

'Minimum Length'
'Minimum Height'
'Maximum Length'
'Maximum Height'

28-50
Indicate hull line
29
Indicate deck 3500 above base

15. Connect all three plates by means of two knuckles


Open top view 3500 and click the "Plates" icon on the "Modify 3D" toolbar, followed by
clicking the "Connect by Knuckle" icon:

Indicate the two plates to be connected, and the panel "Knuckle definitions" will appear.
The correct values are already filled in. Click the 'OK' button to apply the knuckle. Do this
on both ends of the slanted plate, and then take a look in the Hull Viewer to see how all
three plates have become one.

1.38.2 Create related holes

Now you will create four holes of which their sizes are related to the bulkheads, deck and
hull line surrounding them. These four holes can be created in one step using the
'Related Hole' function.
Create the related holes by first clicking the icon "Create holes", followed by the icon
"Related Hole" on the toolbar "Insert Holes" :

321

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Within panel "Related Hole" you enter the relations of the first hole. Start with the
minimum length. Notice that there is no bulkhead present that you can indicate for the
minimum length. This means that for the minimum length, you have to specify a fixed
value:

For the remaining relations you can start by indicating the hull line, the bulkhead at frame
23 and the deck 3500 respectively. When all four relations are defined, proceed to the
tab 'Extra'. Specify 4 for 'Amount' and 1FR for 'Step size'.
Now return to the 'Relations' tab, and select the second hole from the left in the top row
for the type of hole. Use the default values for the size of the hole by clicking 'OK'.
Because you are going to make the size of the holes depend on the construction parts
surrounding them, you will redefine the height and length using percentages instead of
values in millimeters. Click the '%' button for both:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

322

Basic Training Tutorial

Clicking the 'Compute' button allows you to see a preview of what the first hole will look
like with these values. Click 'OK' to place the holes.

1.38.3 Create slanted view

Let's open top view 3500 and notice the two newly created longitudinal plates. What you
are going to do next, is connect both longitudinal plates by creating a slanted plate in
between them. In order to accomplish this, you will first need to create a slanted view
that will fit exactly in between the two plates.

323

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

For this you will draw a line segment in between the two plates that you can use to
indicate when creating the slanted view. In other words, the line segment will be
representing the exact position of the slanted view. This is also known as the drawing
plane of the plate.
Start by using the mouse to zoom in on the right side egde of plate 4620 from C.L. Now
create a circle by activating the "Draw" toolbar:

Click the "Circles" icon to open the "Circles" toolbar, followed by clicking the "Centre,
Radius" icon:

Click the lower line of plate 4620 to indicate the center of the circle and the upper line for
the endpoint of the circle.
Now proceed to zoom in on the left side egde of plate 5280 and start the 'Line Segments'
function on the toolbar "Lines" :

Snap to the end point of the upper line of plate 5280 by using hotkey <e> to start
drawing the line segment. Snap to the circle you just drew by opening the polling menu
with the right mouse button near the circle and choose the 'Tangent' snap method:

The circle represents the knuckle that will be placed to connect the two plates

Because the view you are about to create will be positioned exactly over the line
segment, the thickness direction of the slanted plate will have to be from CL.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

324

Basic Training Tutorial

Lets create the new side view. Because you are creating a slanted side view based upon
a line segment drawn in a top view, you need to select the option 'Single slant top view'.
Now proceed to click the line segment. As you can see, the values indicating the position
of the line segment are automatically used to determine the position of the drawing
plane.
Set the value 25.5 for 'Min. Length' and 28.5 for 'Max Length'. The values for the
minimum and maximum height should be 1500 and 3600 respectively.
Set the baseline to 1500 and click the 'Create' button to create the slanted view.

1.38.4 Create plates (6)

When you want to create the plate, you first need to know which parts to indicate for
defining the relations. You can use the 3D-Item Information function to make sure that
you are indicating the bulkheads 4620 and 5280.
The plate has a thickness of 9 mm and the thickness direction is 'from CL'. Indicate both
bulkheads on the inner sides, as shown:

325

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Once the plate has been created, you can take a look in the Hull Viewer and you will
immediately notice that there is a small gap on the right end of the plate:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

326

Basic Training Tutorial

This has to do with the fact that you indicated bulkhead 5280 on the inside. In the
following sketch is shown why:

You can extend the plate to touch the bulkhead 5280 seamlessly by editing the relation it
has to bulkhead 5280. Open the "Modify a plate contour" panel and change the selected
value 'Complete relation' into 'Maximal 1 vector' :

After confirming the modification by clicking the 'Ok' button, the plate will be extended.

1.38.5 Insert views

327

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Now you will return to each of the three drawings "4620-knuckle", "knuckle-plate" and
"5280-knuckle" to edit their respective areas. You will want to set the areas equal to the
edges of each plate to have them be placed side by side seamlessly.
Lets open the first drawing "4620-knuckle". The boundary where "knuckle-plate" will be
added is set to FR26+50. Open the "Drawing Properties" panel:

Before you start editing your drawing area, take notice to the value that is set in the
'Origin' field. This is the value that determines from which point of origin everything in
the drawing is drawn. In order to successfully place the concerning three drawings side
by side, they all need to have the same point of origin. You can use '21', as it is the point
of origin of the first drawing.
Now enter for 'Max. Length' the value FR26+50 in both the 'Area Construction' and the
'Area Shape' fields and click 'OK' and save the drawing.
Now do the same thing for the "knuckle-plate" drawing. Enter FR26+50 for 'Min. Length'
and FR27+600 for 'Max. Length', again in both the 'Area Construction' and the 'Area
Shape' fields.
Do not forget the set the point of origin to 21.
For drawing "5280-knuckle" you will then need to set the 'Min. Length' to FR27+600, and
the point of origin to 21.
Now the drawings are ready to be placed side by side. Return to drawing "4620-knuckle",
and from the menu select "File -> Insert Drawing" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

328

Basic Training Tutorial

Select the 3D environment, followed by the "knuckle-plate" drawing, and it will be


inserted immediately. Repeat this action for the "5280-knuckle" as well.
Conclude this step by placing standard text and editing it to "Sidegirder SB". Save the
drawing as "4620-knuckle-total".

1.39

Frame 28

1.39.1 Basic training steps (42)

Start situation

329

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

In this step you will open frame 28 and create an arbitrary hole after which you will place
a bent faceplate inside the arbitrary hole. Then you will place a bent profile underneath
the hole which will run parallel to the shape of the hull.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Open frame 28 and remove the third hole from the left plus the profile on the right
side of the hole
Create the arbitrary hole
Place a bent faceplate inside the hole
Place a bent profile underneath the hole parallel to the hull
Show profile flange

End situation

Additional description of actions:


5.

Show profile flange

It is possible to see the actual thickness and profile flange of any profile in a drawing by
activating the 'Show profile flange' option. When you open the "Drawing Properties"
panel, you will find this option here:

1.39.2 Create arbitrary hole

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

330

Basic Training Tutorial

An arbitrary hole is a hole that can have any shape or form. It is created in a similar way
as a plate. Create the arbitrary hole by first clicking the icon "Holes", followed by the icon
"Arbitrary Hole" on the toolbar "Insert Holes" :

As you will notice, the panel that appears is nearly identical to the panel that is used for
creating plates:

For the 'Min. Breadth', please indicate the knuckle-plate bulkhead and use a parallel
distance of 200, and a corner radius of 100. Use this radius for all four corners of the
hole. Proceed to indicate the hull line for the 'Min. Height' with a parallel distance of 300.
The profile at 6600 from CL can be used to indicate the 'Max. Breadth' with a parallel
distance of 200. The last relation should be the deck 3500 a.b. also with a parallel
distance of 200.
Similar to creating plates, the 'Preview' button can be used to see a preview. Confirm by
clicking 'Ok'.

331

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.39.3 Create bent faceplate

Arbitrary holes can have bent face plates as well as straight face plates. Fixed holes can
only have bent face plates. In this step you are going to place a bent face plate inside the
arbitrary hole.
Click the icon "Face Plates", followed by the icon "Face Plate in Hole" on the toolbar
"Insert Face Plates" :

A panel appears to allow you to select the hole in which you want the face plate to be.
After selecting the hole, the panel "Face Plate in Hole" appears:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

332

Basic Training Tutorial

Specify for 'Gap' the value of 100. The face plate will be aligned with the center of the
hole, so therefore you do not have to specify a value for the distance from center to
moulded side. Select '4' as the number of face plates and confirm by clicking 'OK'.

1.39.4 Create bent profile

The following is an extra exercise to demonstrate how to create profiles that for example,
run parallel to the hull line. You can do this by means of specifying profile relations in a
similar way as specifying relations for plates and arbitrary holes.
Click the icon "Profiles", followed by the icon "Bent Line to Profile" on the toolbar "Insert

333

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Profiles" :

Two panels appear, the panel "Bent Profiles" and the panel "end types". In the first panel
you select the size and type of the profile you wish to place. In the second panel you
select the endshapes on both ends of the profile, before you specify the profile
relations. This is different from the procedure for creating straight profiles.
Select bulb profile HP 120 x 8 with the body direction being 'From reversed frame' and
the thickness direction 'Left of the line'.
Now select endshape type 'B' for both ends of the bent profile. The angle of edge and
the nose height are respectively 60 and 25.
You will now be presented with the panel "Bent profile relations" :

Proceed by indicating the relations of the profile in the graphical screen. For the 'Min.
Breadth', indicate the knuckle-plate bulkhead and use a parallel distance of 40. Proceed
to indicate the hull line for the 'Min. Height' with a parallel distance of 180. Indicate the

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

334

Basic Training Tutorial

profile at 6600 from CL for the 'Max. Breadth' with a parallel distance of 40. Click
'Preview' to see the result, and click 'Ok' to place the profile.

1.40

Create shell frame

1.40.1 Basic training steps (43)

So far you have seen how to create profiles in orthogonal directions, for example when
they run parallel to lines such as waterlines, verticals or frame lines. It is also possible to
create a shell frame that runs along a longitudinal line that is not orthogonal, for instance
a knuckle line or a seam line. This can be done with use of the application 3D Show.
To learn how to do this, you will create a shell frame along a seam line in 3D Show, after
which you will modify the angle of the shell frame in 3D Contek.
And you will also create a bracket in section and modify it's angle.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Switch to 3D Show and create a shell frame


Open frame 26 and rotate the shell frame
Create arbitrary profile
Create bracket in section

End situation

Additional description of actions:


3.

Create arbitrary profile

Creating this arbitrary profile is done in a similar way as creating supporting flat bar ST
150 x 10 .
Name of panel

335

Option

Value

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Profile on plate

End type

End type

Selected profile
type
'Body size'
'Thickness'
'Body direction'
'Thickness
direction'
'<1>'
'Parallel distance'
'<2>'
'1st end shape'

100
10
From reversed frame
Towards base

'Angle of edge'
'Nose height'
'<3>'
'Parallel distance'
'<4>'
'2nd end shape'

60
25
Indicate right profile HP 120x8
40
Fixed height: 3000

'Angle of edge'
'Nose height'

60
25

Indicate left profile HP 120x8


40
Fixed height: 3000

1.40.2 Create shell frame (2)

In this exercise you are going to use the 3D Show application to create a shell frame
along a seam line.
Switch to 3D Show and retrieve block 108. Navigate the menu to open the "Extra Hull
Lines" panel: "View -> Show Hull Lines" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

336

Basic Training Tutorial

Activate the 'Seams' and click 'Ok'. Now all the known seams in this block are displayed
in the graphical screen. When you use the '3D-Item Information' function, you can find
out the identification number of each seam. Remember seam number 319.
Create the shell frame by first clicking the icon "Shell Frames" on the toolbar "Insert",
followed by the icon "Shell frame with fixed angle to shell" on the toolbar "Insert Shell
Frame" :

Now choose "Shell frame along seam" in the panel that appears:

The shell frame will be a bulb profile HP 220 x 10. After choosing it's profile type, you

337

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

can specify the body size and thickness in the next panel that appears, as well as the
identification number of the seam:

You can leave the rest of this panel unchanged. Click the 'Ok' button to proceed to the
next panel. In this panel you are given the ability to either indicate a construction part or
specify a fixed length.

You are going to specify frame 22 as a fixed length for the first limitation with a parallel
distance of 40 and then proceed to choose endshape 'A'. For the second limitation,
choose frame 31 with a parallel distance of 40 and also the endshape 'A'.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

338

Basic Training Tutorial

Keep in mind though that when you choose to specify a fixed length, that the shell frame
will not be topological to any other construction part in the section.

1.40.3 Turn shell frame

Let's switch back to 3D Contek. You will be prompted to save your drawing right before
you make the switch. The drawing in 3D Show does not need to be saved.
Open drawing Frame 26 and zoom in on the shell frame you created in the previous
action.
Modify the shell frame by first clicking the icon "Shell Frames" on the "Modify 3D"
toolbar, followed by the icon "Angles" on the toolbar "Modify Shell Frames" :

Proceed to indicate the shell frame and click 'Ok'. In the panel that appears, change the
main angle to "Angle to base" :

339

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

After confirming with 'Ok', the shell frame will be positioned as shown in the detail below:

The shell frame has an angle that is 90 to the baseline

Please repeat this action to place the shell frame back in it's original position. When in

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

340

Basic Training Tutorial

it's original position, it will be 90 to the shape of the hull at any given point along the hull.
This means that the angle to the baseline will measure a different value at each frame.
The shell frame is now not only a bent profile, but a twisted profile as well.

The shell frame has an angle that is 90 to the shape of the hull

1.40.4 Create brackets in section (2)

Before you create the bracket in section, you will first draw a 2D line segment to aid you
in determining the angle of the bracket that you are about to place.
Start the 'Line Segments' function on the toolbar "Lines" :

Draw a line segment using the upper right corner of the shell frame for the starting point,
and for the ending point snap perpendicular to the arbitrary profile using hotkey <p>.
Now create the bracket by first clicking the icon "Brackets in Section", followed by the

341

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

icon "Type 768":

Proceed to draw a selection box around both the shell frame and the arbitrary profile in
the panel "Select profile(s)". After that, click the button 'Indicate Angle (Line)' and then
indicate the 2D line segment.

The bracket angle is calculated and automatically displayed. Click 'Ok' to proceed to the
panel "Bracket type 768". Everything is already filled in, so you only have to click 'Ok'
again. Finally you are asked to select a cornerhole type, and the radius is 25.
The result of the created bracket is as illustrated below:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

342

Basic Training Tutorial

1.41

2D Drafting Exercises

1.41.1 Basic training steps (44)

The following exercise involves several of the 2D drafting functionalities in


NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull. This exercise has nothing to do with the engine room block
you are creating, but instead it is an additional exercise meant to make you familiar with
the commonly used 2D drafting options.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

343

Indicating 2D Items
Draw lines, circles and duplicate selection
Modify corners, lines and circles
Draw multiple parallel lines
Draw/Modify rectangles
Mirror/Move selection
Selection Methods

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.41.2 Indicating 2D Items

Concerning 2D items the first thing you start with are the different ways in which they can
be selected. A 2D item can be indicated in three ways:
1. Indicating/selecting one item by cross-hair selection
You can select one item by a left mouse button click on the item. This is called
the cross-hair selection. By pointing to the item you want to select and pressing
the <Space> key the pointed item will be selected.
2. Selecting one or more items by clump/conflict selection
For selecting one or multiple items, drag a clump or a conflict box by pressing the
left mouse button and moving the mouse while the mouse button is pressed.
3. Include/exclude items from selection group
For including or excluding items from selection group use the cross-hair, clump or
conflict selection in combination with the <Shift> key.

Clump Selection Box

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

344

Basic Training Tutorial

Dragging a box (with the left mouse button pressed) from left to right will select items which
lie fully inside the box.

dragging clump box

after clump selection

Conflict Selection Box

Dragging a box (with the left mouse button pressed) from right to left will select items
which lie fully or partly inside the box. In de pictures below you see how to select the
line and the circle by dragging a conflict box.

dragging conflict box

345

after conflict selection

Using <Shift> key

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Cross Hair + pointed selected item is removed from the selection group
<Shift>
pointed unselected item is added to the selection group
Clump Box + selected items fully inside the box are removed from the selection
<Shift>
group
unselected items fully inside the box are added to the selection
group
Conflict Box
+ <Shift>

selected items fully or partly inside the box are removed from the
selection group
unselected items fully or partly inside the box are added to the
selection group

1.41.3 Draw lines, circles and duplicate selection

In this exercise the following functions are described:


Latching; Draw Circles; Draw Line Segments; Duplicate selection; Draw Parallel Lines;
Before you begin, open in the menu the option "View" -> "Latching" to enable the
'Latching' system. This will aid you when snapping to points of significance, such as
endpoints, midpoints, intersection points, perpendicular points, tangent points, etc. When
'Latching' is enabled, an icon near your mouse arrow will appear indicating the type of
point you can snap to. The icon changes as you move your mouse around areas with
multiple snap possibilities. Example of a midpoint snapping icon:

In this exercise, you will draw a basic truck. The basic truck contains the most commonly
used elements of the 2D drafting functionality in NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

346

Basic Training Tutorial

Please click 'Blank Drawing' on the toolbar to start with a clear screen. Lets begin by
activating the "Draw" toolbar:

Click the "Circles" icon to open the "Circles" toolbar, followed by clicking the "Centre,
Radius" icon:

In order to enter a value into the dynamic input field, you press the <Tab> key. Make
sure that while typing you do not move the mouse, or else you will lose the focus. After
you have specified the first value, press <Tab> again to enter the second field.
Enter the coordinates to position the circle: 0, 0. Press <Enter> to confirm your input.
Enter the radius of the circle: 100. Exit the function by pressing the <Esc> key.
The circle is now automatically selected. Duplicate the circle by pressing hotkey <d> and
specify the distance and angle: 1850, 0.

Start the 'Line Segments' function on the toolbar "Lines" :

Press the <Tab> key again to place the cursor inside the dynamic input field, and enter
the coordinates given below. When the endpoint of a line ends up outside of your view
area, you can use the standard zoom and pan functions without exiting the Line
Segments function.
Enter the starting coordinates: -450, 0;
Enter distance and angle: 2600, 0;
Enter distance and angle: 200, 90.
Press hotkey <t> to activate the 'temporary line' function and use hotkey <m> to snap to
the midpoint of the lower horizontal line

347

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Enter distance and angle 200, 90.


Enter distance and angle 600, 170;
Enter distance and angle 600, 90;
Enter distance and angle 90, 320;
Now draw a straight vertical line by using hotkey <p> to snap perpendicular to the lower
horizontal line. You can also use the latching icon for perpendicular lines.

Proceed to click the icon 'Parallel Lines' on the toolbar "Draw" :

Of the two vertical lines, indicate the left one and use a parallel distance of 30 on the left
side of it, and the result should be like this:

Start the 'Line Segments' function on the toolbar "Lines" :

Enter the starting coordinates: -450, 0;


Enter distance and angle: 450, 90;
Enter distance and angle: 450, 72;
Use hotkey <p> to snap perpendicular to the vertical line that you created with the
'Parallel Lines' function.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

348

Basic Training Tutorial

1.41.4 Modify corners, lines and circles

In this exercise the following functions are described:


Fillet; Chamfer; Extend; Gap in Line; Draw Circle; Draw Line Segments; Trim.

Click the icon 'Fillet' on the toolbar "Modify 2D" :

For the two upper corners of the cabin, use a radius of 20. For each one click both lines
that make up the corner and then enter the value for the radius.

Click the icon 'Chamfer' on the toolbar "Modify 2D" to snipe the upper corner on the back
end of the truck:

Proceed to click the horizontal line first, followed by the vertical line. Use a distance of
100, followed by a distance of 50. The first value you specify will always pertain to the first
line you have indicated.

Now use the 'Fillet' function to extend the line behind the exhaust pipe to the back line of
the cabin. Enter a radius of 0 to create a closed corner.

349

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Click the icon 'Extend' on the toolbar "Modify 2D" to extend the left line of the pipe to the
bottom line of the truck as well:

First you have to indicate the line you want to extend to. Proceed by pressing <Enter>.
Now you can indicate the line to be extended.

Click the icon 'Gap in Line' on the toolbar "Modify 2D" :

Place the gap by using the latching system to snap to the points where the pipe
intersects with the truck. Make sure that the intersection icon appears:

Also make sure that the line in which you want to place the gap, lights up before you
indicate the intersection point:

Create a new circle by clicking the icon '2 Points' on the toolbar "Circles" :

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

350

Basic Training Tutorial

Place this circle exactly in between the two lines of the pipe. For the first point you can
click anywhere on one of the vertical lines of the pipe. For the second point, use the
hotkey <p> to snap perpendicular to the other line of the pipe.
Exit the function by pressing <Esc> and proceed to select the newly created circle.
Now move the circle using hotkey <s>. Instead of a length and angle, you will enter a set
of coordinates to specify the new position of the circle. In order to do this, you will first
have to activate the dynamic input field for coordinates by toggling the FDO option '8'.
FDO stands for Function Dependent Option and appears at the bottom of the graphical
screen the moment you start a function.

Click with the mouse on the FDO '8 = Value'. The text changes to '8 = Coordinates'. Click
for a second time to activate the input field for coordinates.
Enter coordinates: 200, 70. The circle should now appear to the left of the pipe:

Start the 'Line Segments' function on the toolbar "Lines" :

Place the first point of the line segment at the following coordinates: 260, 200.
In order to determine the second point, move the mouse near the upper side of the circle
to the left of the pipe and click the right mouse button. In the menu that appears select
"Snaps" -> "Tangent". For future use you can also press hotkey <j>.
Exit the function with hotkey <Esc>.
Start the 'Line Segments' function again. Proceed snap to the start point of the newly
drawn line by using hotkey <i>, and draw a horizontal line from there straight across the
pipe. Snap to the other vertical line with hotkey <p>.

351

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

While still in the 'Line Segments' function, snap to the circle again with tangent ihotkey <j
>. The drawing should now look like this:

Click the icon 'Trim' on the toolbar "Modify 2D" to trim all the excessive lines:

First you indicate the line you want to trim from, which in this case is the short horizontal
line that runs across the pipe. After confirming with hotkey <Enter>, you click the two
lines of the pipe at the bottom ends.

Start the option 'Gap in Line' again to create a 50% gap in the circle.

The first point you indicate will determine which side of the circle will be cut. The direction
in which the cutting will take place is always counter-clockwise. Use hotkey <i> to
indicate the upper left intersection point first, followed by the lower right intersection
point.
You will see that the wrong side of the circle is now cut. You can quickly change this by
pressing hotkey <6> to invert the arc.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

352

Basic Training Tutorial

1.41.5 Draw multiple parallel lines

In this exercise the following functions are described:


Draw Parallel Lines; Fillet; Trim and Extend lines; Draw Line Segment with Temporary
Line; Delete line.

Draw a second circle around the wheels by using the 'Parallel Lines' function:

Indicate one of the wheels and move the mouse pointer to the outside of the wheel. The
system remembers the last used value for this function. Please use the parallel distance
of 30 for both wheels and confirm with <Enter>.

Note: In the event that the value of 30 is already present in the input field, pressing
<Enter> without first activating the input field will immediately draw the parallel line
with that 30 as the distance.

Proceed to use the 'Trim' and 'Gap in Line' functions to finish the wheel as shown in the
following detail and then repeat the process for the other wheel:

Use the 'Parallel Lines' function to create the following situation:

353

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

The distance is 82 and the number of lines is 5. Repeat the 'Parallel Lines' action on the
right line of the pipe with distance 40 and number of lines 1. Now use the 'Fillet' function
with a radius of 0 for the intersection points of the new lines, as well as the corners
indicated in the detail by the blue arrows.
Now trim and extend the parallel lines to the new vertical line next to the pipe. When
using the 'Trim' function, it is also possible to extend lines by pressing and holding the <
Shift> key while selecting the lines to be extended.
Now draw a new line at the back end of the truck, starting at the position indicated by the
blue arrow in the detail to the left:

Use hotkey <t> to draw a temporary line towards the back of the truck and use hotkey <e
> to set that point, as shown in the detail to the right.
Enter distance and angle 200, 90;
Enter distance and angle 500, 90.
Now start up the fillet function for the corner. The direction in which the fillet function
draws corners is always counter-clockwise. The order in which you select the lines is
dependent on this. Click the horizontal line first, proceeded by the vertical line. As you
can see, the wrong side of the vertical line is trimmed.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

354

Basic Training Tutorial

Press the hotkey combination <Ctrl> + <Z> to undo the fillet action. Repeat the fillet
function and this time click the vertical line first.

Proceed to select the two lines indicated in blue by pressing and holding the <Shift> key
while clicking them respectively.

Press the <Del> key to delete them simultaneously.

1.41.6 Draw/Modify rectangles

In this exercise the following functions are described:


Draw Rectangle; Split up Rectangle; Apply Corner Radius; Draw Parallel Lines; Draw
Ellipse.

Now you will create the window. Click the 'Rectangle' icon on the "Draw" toolbar:

Enter the starting coordinates for the first corner: 0, 840;


Enter the distance values for the second corner: -270, -330.
Upon creating a rectangle, hotkey <6> will start the FDO "Corner Radius [0]" which
makes it possible to specify a corner radius to be used when drawing the rectangle. In
this exercise you will add the corner radius after you have drawn the rectangle.

355

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Exit the function with hotkey <Esc>.


In order to place a corner radius on a rectangle, you must first split the rectangle into four
seperate lines. Right click the rectangle and choose "Manipulate" -> "Split".
Now create a line parallel to the windshield with a parallel distance of 20.
Proceed to apply the corner radius of 30 on the rectangle and the parallel line as shown:

Create an ellipse by clicking the icon 'Axis, Radius' on the toolbar "Ellipse" :

Enter the starting coordinates of the first axis: -30, 450;


Enter distance and angle of the first axis: 50, -90;
Enter radius of second axis: 10.
Exit the function with hotkey <Esc>.
In order to deselect a selected item, you can use the hotkey combination <Ctrl>+<Shift
>+<A>.
Proceed to deselect the ellipse.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

356

Basic Training Tutorial

1.41.7 Mirror/Move selection

In this exercise the following functions are described:


Change Radius; Mirror Selection; Move Selection; Arc to Circle; Trim (from multiple
lines); Line Properties.

Lets enlarge the back wheel of the truck. Click the icon 'Change Radius' on the toolbar
"Modify 2D" :

Change the outer radius into: 160;


Change the inner radius into: 140.
Draw a new circle with a parallel distance to the inner circle of 60.
Press and hold the <Shift> key while indicating the two circles and the arc. Press the
hotkey <w> to start the 'Mirror' function. Indicate the point over which to mirror the wheel:

Now press the hotkey <8> to switch duplication to 'On'. Press hotkey <7> to mirror over a
straight vertical line. Proceed to press hotkey <s> to move the selection closer towards
the existing wheel. Indicate the following intersection point:

357

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Proceed to draw a horizontal line from the top of the left arc to the top of the right arc
using the latching icon for snapping perpendicular to both points:

Now proceed to trim all the extensive lines to complete the back wheel set. Use the <
Enter> hotkey to make use off the trim function multiple times in a row.

For enlarging the front wheel, lets start by clicking the icon 'Arc to Circle' on the toolbar
"Modify 2D" :

Indicate the arc to change it into a circle.


Now use the 'Change Radius' function to change the outer radius into 140 and the inner
radius into 90. Draw a new circle with a parallel distance of 20 to surround the outer
circle.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

358

Basic Training Tutorial

Use the 'Trim' function to trim the outer circle so that it will become an arc. When
selecting the lines to trim from, press and hold the <Shift> key and indicate the lines one
after the other:

Press <Enter> and then indicate the bottom half of the circle. Trim the remaining lines to
complete the front wheel.
Now select the lines indicated in green. Press the hotkey <l> to edit the line properties in
the 'Properties' window. Change the pen colour of the selected lines to green.

359

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.42

Create pillars (2)

1.42.1 Basic training steps (45)

Start situation
In this step you will explore the possibilities of the "Bent Line to Pillar" and "Straight Line
to Pillar" functions. These functions can be used in two ways:
Creating a bent or straight pillar by specifying pillar relations;
Creating a bent or straight pillar by converting a spline, polyline or line.
For the "Bent Line to Pillar" function, you will use the first method, and for the "Straight
Line to Pillar" function, you will use the second method.
After that, you will connect multiple pillars by using the L and T connection methods.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Create bent pillar


Convert straight line segments to pillars
Turn pillar
Connect pillars

End situation

Additional description of actions:


3.

Turn pillar

Let's turn the pillar by clicking the icon "Pillars" on the "Modify 3D" toolbar, followed by
the icon "Direction in View" on the toolbar "Modify" :

Proceed by selecting the pillar on the far right. Make sure the option 'Thickness
direction' is selected, and 'Body direction' is de-selected.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

360

Basic Training Tutorial

1.42.2 Create bent pillar

Creating a bent pillar is similar to creating a bent profile, with the difference that profiles
are always positioned onto a plate, while pillars can be created anywhere.
Let's create a new top view 5000 above base that extends from frame 21 to frame 31, and
a 'Min. Breadth' of -100. Here you will create a bent pillar by applying relations to other
construction parts. Start by first clicking the icon "Pillars" followed by the icon "Bent Line
to Pillar" on the toolbar "Insert Pillars" :

As you will notice, the two panels that appear are similar to the panels given when
creating bent profiles. Select the INP beam with a profile size of "180" and endshape
type 'A' for both ends of the bent pillar. You will now be presented with the panel "Bent
pillar relations".
The 'Min. Length' of the pillar will be FR22. Indicate the longitudinal bulkhead 6600 from
CL for the 'Min. Breadth' and use a parallel distance of 500 and a radius of 600.
The 'Max. Length' of the pillar will be the bulkhead at frame 29, also with a parallel
distance of 500, and the final relation is the 'Max. Breadth' which is the longitudinal
bulkhead at 3960 from CL.
After defining these relations, please press the 'Preview' button to see the result, as
shown in the detail below:

361

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.42.3 Convert line to pillar

Now you are going to draw several 2D line segments, and then convert them into pillars.
Start the 'Line Segments' function on the toolbar "Lines" :

Draw a line segment using the following coordinates:


Indicate first point: 23, 4000;
Indicate line length and angle: 800, 90;
Indicate line length and angle: 1600, 0;
Indicate line length and angle: 1000, -60;
Proceed to break the 'Line Segments' function by using the hotkey <Esc>, followed by

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

362

Basic Training Tutorial

the hotkey <Enter> to restart the function:


Indicate first point: 24+300, 4000 and snap to the midpoint of the horizontal line segment
using hotkey <m>.
The result should look like the following:

Now click the icon "Pillars", followed by the icon "Straight Line to Pillar" on the toolbar
"Insert Pillars" :

Select the 'Angle equal' profile type with size "100" by "10", the body direction 'From
Base' and the thickness direction 'Towards CL \ From reversed frame'. The endshape
type will be 'A' for both ends of the pillar.
The selection panel "Profiles" appears and the hintbar tells you to "Indicate vector that
has to be changed into a profile". Draw a selection box around all four line segments to
select them and click the 'Ok' button. The lines will now be converted into pillars.

1.42.4 Connect pillars

There are two ways to connect pillars:


1. The 'L' connection: this is for where two pillar endshapes meet on a corner
2. The 'T' connection: this is for where one pillar endshape meets the side of a second

363

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

pillar
Let's connect the outer two corners by using the 'L' connection. Click the icon "Pillars" on
the "Modify 3D" toolbar, followed by the icon "Connect Pillars -L" on the toolbar "Modify
Pillars" :

The selection panel "Connect Pillars - L" appears:

Start with the two pillars at the left corner. Draw a selection box around the endshape of
the first pillar, and then do the same for the second pillar. Use the 'Slanted endshapes'
option in combination with the 'Change endshapes' option and click 'Ok'. The endshapes
are changed to type 'J' and the connection is made. Proceed to repeat this for the right
corner.

Let's now connect the middle pillar with the top pillar by using the 'T' connection. Click
the icon "Pillars" on the "Modify 3D" toolbar, followed by the icon "Connect Pillars -T" on
the toolbar "Modify Pillars" :

You are prompted to select the pillar to which to extend, in this case the top pillar. Then
the selection panel "Connect Pillars - T" appears:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

364

Basic Training Tutorial

Proceed to draw a selection box around the endshape of the middle pillar. Use the
'Change endshapes' option for a seamless connection and click 'Ok'. The connection is
made.

1.43

Hull Library

1.43.1 Basic training steps (46)

Now you will save the connected pillars as a model into the Hull Library. From the Hull
Library you will then load them into a different drawing in the block.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.

Save to Hull Library


Load from Hull Library

End situation

365

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.43.2 Save and load from Hull Library

The Hull Library allows you to save multiple construction parts as one model. The model
can be loaded by anyone with access to the location that the Hull Library saves the
models to.
Let's save the model you created in the previous step. Please navigate in the menu to
"Tools" -> "Hull Library" -> "Save" and proceed to select all four pillars. After clicking
'Ok', you are presented with the following panel:

Here you need to specify where the origin point of the model should be. You can do this
by placing the current control onto your model in the graphical screen. Please zoom in
on your model and place the current control onto the upper left corner by using hotkey <
e>.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

366

Basic Training Tutorial

The fields for the origin point in the panel "Save Hull Library model" will now
automatically be filled in with the coordinates of the current control's position. The origin
point has now been determined. Make sure to have the option 'Keep directions'
activated. This setting will allow for the profiles to keep their body and thickness
directions.
After clicking 'Ok', you are asked if you wish to save one or more sheet drawings along
with the model. This is not necessary in this example, so you can proceed to click the
'Ok' button without selecting any sheet drawings.
The Hull Library is started. Specify a name for the model and click 'OK'.

The model will appear in the preview window and is now saved.

Let's close this drawing and open top view 6200 above base. You are now going to load
the model from the Hull Library and place it onto the deck. Please navigate in the menu
to "Tools" -> "Hull Library" -> "Insert". The Hull Library is started.

367

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Select your model and click 'OK'. You can skip the logistical panel that appears by
clicking 'OK' again. In the next panel, you are prompted to specify where in the current
drawing you want to place the model. Use the following values and make sure that the
'Keep directions' option is activated:

These values will represent the position of the model's origin point.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

368

Basic Training Tutorial

1.44

Deck 6200 above base

1.44.1 Basic training steps (47)

In this final step, you will create and insert a construction detail of the bracket in section
at frame 28.
You will also modify the hole status of the hole between frame 23 and 24 at 7000 from
CL.
Overview of actions:
1.
2.

Create a construction detail


Modify hole status

End situation

1.44.2 Create construction detail

Now you will create a detail of the bracket in section at frame 28 to add to the current
drawing.
Let's create the detail by first clicking the icon "Create View", followed by the icon
"Create Construction Detail" on the toolbar "Create View" :

369

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Before you concentrate on the panel that appears, first indicate the bracket in section at
frame 28 in the graphical screen. Then for 'Area margin' and 'Scale' use the values as
shown below:

Note: Instead of using an area margin, you can also specify exact area limitations
when you tick the 'Area Limitations' option.
Now please specify a name for the detail, and proceed to activate the 'Insert detail'
option. The 'Add symbol/title' option allows you to add a detail symbol to the bracket at
frame 28:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

370

Basic Training Tutorial

In addition you can also enter a title which will be added to the detail itself. For this title
you can choose if you want it to appear at the top or at the bottom of the detail.
Proceed to enter A for the symbol text and type Detail for the title. When you determine
the title to appear at the bottom and click 'OK', the detail will look like this:

Because you activated 'Insert Detail', the detail is now attached to your mouse and you
will be able to move it to the desired position. Place it with one mouse click.
Meanwhile, a drawing of the detail is being saved as frame view "108-28-bracket". You
can open this drawing if you, for instance, want to add dimensions to your detail.
Proceed to open drawing "108-28-bracket". Add a dimension to the bracket and the
bulkhead at 6600 from CL:

371

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

When you save this drawing and reopen drawing "108-6200", you will see that the detail
is updated with the dimensions.

1.44.3 Modify hole status

When you don't want a hole to be cut yet, but instead wish to indicate on the plate that a
hole is going to be there, then you can change the status of a hole into that of a "marked
hole".
Let's change the status of the hole between frame 23 and 24 at 7000 from CL. Click the
icon "Holes" on the "Modify 3D" toolbar, followed by the icon "Hole Status" on the
toolbar "Modify Holes" :

When the panel "Hole selection menu" appears, indicate the hole in the graphical screen
and click 'Ok'.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

372

Basic Training Tutorial

The next panel allows you to specify what you want the new status of the hole to be.
Select 'As marked hole' and confirm with 'Ok'. The hole will now change color so that it
will be recognized as a marked hole.

373

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Proceed to code the deck plate with the 'Code One Part' function. The result should look
like this:

As you can see, the hole now has the same color as the marking lines, which means that
it will not be cut and that it has become a marked hole instead.

1.45

Appendix A

1.45.1 Training step 06: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

374

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

375

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.2 Training step 07: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

376

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

377

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.3 Training step 08: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

378

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

379

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.4 Training step 09: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

380

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

381

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.5 Training step 10: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

382

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

383

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.6 Training step 11: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

384

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

385

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.7 Training step 13: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

386

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

387

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.8 Training step 14: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

388

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

389

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.9 Training step 16: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

390

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

391

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.10 Training step 16-1: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

392

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

393

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.11 Training step 16-2: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

394

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

395

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.12 Training step 17: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

396

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

397

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.13 Training step 18: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

398

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

399

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.14 Training step 19: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

400

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

401

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.15 Training step 20: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

402

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

403

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.16 Training step 21: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

404

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

405

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.17 Training step 22: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

406

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

407

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.18 Training step 23: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

408

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

409

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.19 Training step 24: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

410

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

411

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.20 Training step 25: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

412

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

413

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.21 Training step 26: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

414

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

415

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.22 Training step 27: Start_end_situation

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

416

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.23 Training step 28: Start_end_situation

End situation:

417

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.24 Training step 29: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

418

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

419

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.25 Training step 30: Start_end_situation

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

420

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

421

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

422

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

423

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

424

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.26 Training step 31: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

425

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

426

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.27 Training step 32: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

427

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

428

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.28 Training step 34: Start_end_situation

End situation:

429

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.29 Training step 35: Start_end_situation

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

430

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.30 Training step 36: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

431

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

432

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.31 Training step 37: Start_end_situation

End situation:

433

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

434

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

435

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

436

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

437

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

438

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.32 Training step 38: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

439

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

440

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.33 Training step 39: Start_end_situation

End situation:

441

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.34 Training step 41: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

442

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

443

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

444

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

445

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

446

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.35 Training step 42: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

447

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

448

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.36 Training step 43: Start_end_situation

End situation:

449

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.37 Training step 45: Start_end_situation

Start situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

450

Basic Training Tutorial

End situation:

451

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.38 Training step 46: Start_end_situation

End situation:

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

452

Basic Training Tutorial

1.45.39 Training step 47: Start_end_situation

End situation:

453

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

1.46

Appendix B

1.46.1 Drawings 'Basic training tutorial'

The Basic Training Tutorial is accompanied by two example drawings:


Sheet drawing 108-1;
Sheet drawing 108-2.

Note: These two drawings are delivered as separate files in .TIF format.

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

454

Basic Training Tutorial

455

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial

Index

-AArbitrary hole

-2-

330

-B-

2D Drafting: Apply Corner Radius


2D Drafting: Arc to Circle
2D Drafting: Chamfer

355

357

349
357

2D Drafting: Clump selection

344

2D Drafting: Conflict selection

164

361

-C-

344

2D Drafting: Cross-hair selection

344

Change bracket dimension

353

2D Drafting: Draw Circle

156

Background lines: 2
Bent pillars

2D Drafting: Change Radius

2D Drafting: Delete line

Background lines: 1

211

Change holes: Size user-holes

349

Change holes: Turn/shift

42

2D Drafting: Draw Circles

346

Change holes: Type/size

175

2D Drafting: Draw Ellipse

355

Change plates: 1

82

Change plates: 2

170

Change plates: 3

179

Change plates: 5

227

Change plates: 6

231

Change plates: 7

238

Change plates: 8

243

Change plates: 9

246

2D Drafting: Draw Line Segment with Temporary Line


353
2D Drafting: Draw Line Segments

346, 349

2D Drafting: Draw Parallel Lines


2D Drafting: Draw Rectangle

346, 353, 355

355

2D Drafting: Duplicate selection


2D Drafting: Extend
2D Drafting: Fillet

346

349
349, 353

2D Drafting: Gap in Line


2D Drafting: Indicate Items
2D Drafting: Latching

Change plates: Thickness

349

Change profiles: Size/type in view

346

2D Drafting: Mirror

357

2D Drafting: Move

357

Change profiles: Turn


357

2D Drafting: Split up Rectangle

344

355

349, 357

Code plate: 1

59

Code plate: 2

97

Code plate: 3

146

353

-3-

Connect pillars L and T


Copy block

3D-Show: Viewtool

275
276

363

Copy items with shift: 1

158

Copy items with shift: 3

219

271

270

Create bent profile

332

Create brackets in section: 1

149

Create brackets in section: 2


Create brackets: Type 762
Create brackets: Type A
Create construction detail

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

362

333

Create brackets: Type 763

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

339

317

Create bent faceplate


3D-Show: Save drawing as biso
3D-Show: Show block

181

Convert straight line segments to pillars

2D Drafting: Trim and Extend lines

3D-Show: Show active block

234

296

Change shell frame: Turn angle

2D Drafting: Selection with Shift key


2D Drafting: Trim

80

Change plates: Undo plate change

344

2D Drafting: Line Properties

186

341
209
207

119
369

456

Basic Training Tutorial


Create cutouts: Type 100
Create directory

141

-D-

Create extended cutout for upper plate "Bulkhead Fr. 26"


223

Dimension: Brackets

Create flanged girder

Dimension: Chain

145
37

137

164

Create flanges: 1

142

Dimension: Holes

Create flanges: 2

307

Dimension: Horizontal short

Create foundations: Type 7


Create holes: 2

321

Create holes: 3

330

194

Dimension: Pillars

197

Dimension: Vertical short

Create holes: At seam symbols

166

Create holes: Draining/ventilation


Create holes: Parallel to line
Create holes: Standard

38

44

35

125
124

-HHull Viewer: 3D-Contek interactivity


Hull Viewer: Clipping

67

Create pillars: 1

190

Hull Viewer: Create models

Create pillars: 2

361

Hull Viewer: Drawing box

67

Hull Viewer: Filter options

71

Create pillars: Centerline

193

64

Create plates: 1

21

Hull Viewer: Navigation settings

Create plates: 2

25

Hull Viewer: Presentation of parts

Create plates: 3

32

Hull Viewer: Show parts

Create plates: 4

75

Hull Viewer: Viewing mode

Create plates: 5

138

Create plates: 6

325
250

Create profiles: Arbitrary (2)

289

Create profiles: Horizontal


Create profiles: In view

52
46

Create profiles: Vertical (2)

102

78

66

Insert views

327

Load from Hull Library

366, 367

-M-

56

Create shell frame in 3D Show

336

Create shell frames

286

Measure distance

Create slanted view

323

Mirror block

Create views: Cross

14

Modify hole status: as marked hole

298

317

Create views: Side (1)

12

Modify profile relations

Create views: Side (2)

202

Modify profiles: Direction in view

Create views: Side (3)

212

Modify profiles: End Relation

Create views: Side (4)

215

Modify profiles: Endtype

Create views: Top


Create visible lines

Modify profiles: Shift


58

Create weld symbols: 2

63

372

293
106

111

108

Modify profiles: Lengthen profiles

304

Create weld symbols: 1

111

114

Modify profiles: Trim/Extend

112

-OOpen drawing: 1

457

66

64

-L-

115

Create profiles: Vertical (1)

Create seams: Soft

70

-I-

Create profiles: Arbitrary (1)

Create seams: Hard

67

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

16

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Basic Training Tutorial


Open drawing: 2

42

Text: 2

162

Open drawing: 3

90

Text: 3

183

Open drawing: 4

281

Text: Reposition

122

Text: Thickness

79

-PParts info: 1

-U86

Plates: Part Symbol

79

Update active section

Profile part number symbols


Profile size: 1

127

Profile size: 2

130

Profile size: 3

131

Profile size: 4

164

Profile size: 5

197

Profile size: Series


Profile symbols

17, 29

133

129

132

-RRecalculate views
Related holes

257

321

Remove construction parts


Rename drawing
Replace views

94

206
300

Retrieve line information

295

-SSave drawing

204

Save to Hull Library

366

Set visibility 'Distance behind view'

152

Set visibility 'Distance in front of view'


Set visibility 'Face plate view distance'
Sheet drawings: Create drawing

150

260

Sheet drawings: Import views (1)

262

Sheet drawings: Import views (2)

278

Sheet drawings: Modify drawing

279

Sheet drawings: Modify general

312

Sheet drawings: Switch to environment


Shift baseline

235

260

30

Start NUPAS-CADMATIC Hull

Switch to another application

269

-TText: 1

19

NUPAS-CADMATIC HULL

Version 6.0.2 12/2010

458

You might also like